V  E 

403 


UC-NRLF 


/J3          *B  113  mi            1 

,&7?_     ^z=~  ======z======z==z=izzi==iiiz^ 

fl^ 

Uniform  Eegulation^ 

!  ^ntteb  ^tateg  jilarine  Corps! 

23s 

1922 

SUPERSEDING  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS 
UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS,  1917 
(As  Amended  by  Changes  Nos.  9  to  22 
and  by  Circular  Letters,  etc.) 

% 

•' 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
WASHINGTON      ::      ::      ::      1922 

SJniform  Regulations 

fttatejs  Marine  Corps! 
1922 


SUPERSEDING  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS 

UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS,  1917 

(As  Amended  by  Changes  Nos.  9  to  22 

and  by  Circular  Letters,  etc.) 


GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
WASHINGTON      ::      ::      ::      1922 


it- 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Letter  of  transmittal— -__ v 

CHAPTER         I.  General  regulations 1 

II.  Articles  of  the  uniform  and  equipment  with  which  officers 

and  the  leader,  Marine  Band,  are  to  be  provided 5 

III.  Articles  of  the  outer  uniform  and  special  regulations  gov- 
erning their  use ! . 11 

a.  Commissioned  officers,  warrant  officers,  and  pay 

clerks : 

Composition  of  uniforms 11 

Special  regulations 18 

b.  Enlisted  men : 

Composition  of  uniforms T 20 

Special  regulations 23 

c.  Marine  Band : 

Composition  of  uniforms 25 

IV.  Occasions  on  which  each  uniform  is  to  be  worn 35 

V.  Insignia,  chevrons,  etc l__  39 

a.  Commissioned  officers,  warrant  officers,  and  pay 
clerks : 

Insignia  of  rank,  etc 09 

Cap  and  hat  ornaments 41 

Collar  ornaments  and  collar  insignia 41 

Ornaments  and  insignia  for  shoulder  knots 41 

Miscellaneous 42 

ft.  Enlisted  men : 

Chevrons,  insignia,  etc.,  indicating  rank  and 

rating 45 

Cap  and  hat  ornaments 46 

Collar  ornaments.- 46 

Miscellaneous 46 

«.  Marine  Band : 

Insignia 48 

Chevrons  indicating  rank 49 

Cap  and  hat  ornaments 49 

Collar  ornaments 49 

Miscellaneous 49 


ni 


50027;* 


IV  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 

Page. 

CHAPTER       VI.  Decorations,  medals,  ribbons,  and  badges 51 

a.  Decorations,  medals,  and  ribbons 51 

Auxiliary  insignia 55 

Foreign    decorations    (including   the   fourra- 

gere),  medals,  arid  ribbons 57 

fc.  Badges: 

Qualification  badges 58 

Miscellaneous  badges 59 

VII.  Specifications  for  articles  of  the  uniform  and  equipment. 
a.  Commissioned  officers,  warrant  officers,  and  pay 

clerks;  leader,  Marine  Band 61 

VIII.  Specifications  for  articles  of  the  uniform  and  equipment- 
a.  Enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps ;  second  leader, 

drum  major,  and  musicians,  Marine  Band 101 

IX.  Care  of  the  uniform 111 

Illustrations 113 

Index-.  — 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL. 


Headquarters  U.  S.  Marine  Corps, 

WASHINGTON,  September  11,  1922. 

1.  Uniform  Regulations,  United  States  Marine  Corps,  1922,  is  published  for 
the  information  and  guidance  of  the  service,  and  will  immediately  supersede 
Uniform   Regulations,    United    States   Marine   Corps,    1917    (as   amended   by 
Changes  Nos.  9  to  22,  and  by  circular  letters,  etc.),  which  is  accordingly  ren- 
dered obsolete.    The  regulations  contained  in  the  1922  edition  will  be  strictly 
followed  hereafter  by  all  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  and  by 
all  members  of  the  Marine  Band,  and  all  regulations  at  variance  will  no  longer 
govern. 

2.  Illustrations  and  index  will  be  issued  later.    In  order  that  matter  may  be 
readily  located  without  recourse  to  index,  the  table  of  contents  should  be  con- 
sulted.   The  book  is  divided  into  two  sections— regulations  and  specifications— 
with  an  additional  chapter  on  the  care  of  the  uniform   (Chapter  IX).     Regu- 
lations are  covered  in  Chapters  I  to  VI,  and  specifications  in  Chapters  VII 
and  VIII. 

3.  Chapter  I  contains  matters  of  general  application.     Chapter  II  outlines 
the  articles  of  uniform  with  which  officers  and  the  leader,  Marine  Band,  are 
to  be  provided,  the  various  lists  being  alphabetically  arranged,  with  each  article 
in  the  complete  list  bearing  a  cross-reference  of  the  paragraph  number  contain- 
ing its  specification. 

4.  Chapter  III  contains  the  tables  combining  in  the  various  uniforms  the 
articles  procured  by  officers  under  the  preceding  chapter  and,  in  succeeding 
sections,  contains  tables  of  the  uniforms  for  enlisted  men  and  for  all  members 
of  the  Marine  Band.     In  the  sections  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  the  tables 
are  followed  by  special  regulations,  alphabetically  arranged,  as  to  the  manner 
in  which  certain  articles  are  to  be  worn,  etc.,  such  regulations  embodying  in- 
structions not  sufficiently  brief  or  too  general  for  inclusion  in  the  tables. 

5.  The  occasions  on  which  the  uniforms  prescribed  in  the  foregoing  chapter 
are  to  be  worn  are  partly  indicated  in  Chapter  IV.     Further  information  on 
this  subject  will  be  published  later. 

6.  Regulations  governing  the  wearing  of  insignia  of  rank,  staff  and  other 
insignia,  ornaments,  chevrons,  etc.,  are  incorporated  in  Chapter  V,  which,  like 
Chapter  III,  is  divided  into  three  sections — for  officers,  enlisted  men,  and  all 
members  of  the  Marine  Band.     In  each  section,  insignia,  ornaments,  etc.,  are 
treated  under  their  own  headings,  and  articles  designating  special  duty,  etc. 
(such  as  aiguillettes),  are  grouped  in  alphabetical  order  under  the  heading 


VI  LETTER   OF   TRANSMITTAL. 

"  Miscellaneous."    Each  article  covered  in  this  chapter  also  has  a  cross-reference 
of  the  paragraph  number  containing  its  specification. 

7.  Chapter   VI   governs  the   wearing   of  decorations,   medals,    ribbons,    and 
badges,  and  is  arranged  to  cover — in  the  order  named — decorations,  medals, 
and  ribbons;  auxiliary  insignia,  such  as  oak-leaf  clusters,  clasps,  stars,  etc.: 
foreign    decorations    (including   the   fourragere),    medals,    and    ribbons;    and 
qualification    and   miscellaneous   badges. 

8.  Chapter  VII  contains  specifications  of  articles  of  the  uniform  and  equip- 
ment for  all  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps,  and  for  the  leader,  Marine  Band. 
Most  of  these  articles  are  alphabetically  arranged  under  their  own  designations, 
the  few  exceptions  being  grouped  under  appropriate  headings  (such  as  saddle, 
under  "Equipment,  horse").     Whenever  the  use  of  an  article  is   restricted 
to  certain  officers,  the  fact  is  noted  in  italics  after  the  name  of  article. 

9.  Chapter  VIII  alphabetically  lists,  with  their  components,  articles  of  the 
uniform  and  equipment  worn  by  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  and  by  the 
second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians,  Marine  Band,  under  the  same  plan 
as  Chapter  VII,  such  articles  to  be  in  accordance  with  respective  standard 
samples   and   specifications  on   file   in   the   Quartermaster's   Department.     As 
stated,  Chapter  IX  contains  information  on  the  care  of  the  uniform. 

10.  The  following  changes,  some  of  which  have  already  been  published,  are 
noted  for  the  information  of  the  service: 

11.  Uniforms. — Evening  dress. will  be  procured  by  all  commissioned  officers  by 
November  1,  1922.     A  new  uniform  for  officers  lias  been  added,  designated 
"white  dress"    (white  with  miniature  medals,  dress  sword  knot,  and  dress 
sword  slings).     Combinations  of  white  and  blue  are  confined  to  blue  undress. 
Uniforms  worn  by  enlisted  men  and  by  members  of  the  Marine  Band  bear  the 
same  designations  as  corresponding  uniforms  worn  by  officers. 

12.  Aiguillettes.— Service  aiguillettes  for  Marine  Corps  officers  detailed  as 
aides-de-camp  have   been   changed   from   blue   and   gold  to   scarlet   and   gold. 
Pencil  attachments  for  dress  aiguillettes  contain  two  miniatures   of  Marine 
Corps   ornament    in    relief   around   circumference,    in   lieu    of   three   helmets. 
Dress  aiguillettes  will  not  be  worn  outside  the  overcoat. 

13.  Belts.— The  officer's  belt,  Sam  Browne  pattern,  is  prescribed  as  an  article 
of  uniform  for  the  leader,  Marine  Bund.     While  this  belt  is  described  on  the 
basis  of  two  shoulder  straps,  one  only  should  be  procured  by  officers  and  the 
leader,  unless  otherwise  ordered.     When  the  sword  is  prescribed  with  dress 
or  white,  officers  may  wear  the  former  regulation  undress  belt  under  the  coat, 
instead  of  the  Sam  Browne  belt  without  shoulder  strap.    Undress  sword  slings 
will  be  darkened  on  the  inside. 

14.  The  dress  belt  for  noncommissioned  staff  officers  hns  been  readopted  with 
<!ei;u-liitl>lr  e  former  belt,  with  slin-s  attached,  to  be  issued  until  no 

l..ii-ci-  available. 

15.  The  russet  belt  will  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  over  the  winter  and  Summer 

.-•»  <»u  liberty,  at  drills  when  parks  are  not  worn,  at  ceremonies, 
ami  upon  all  oilier  occasions  when  service  uniforms  are  worn  an. I  the  web  belt 


LETTER  OF   TRANSMITTAL.  VII 

is  not  prescribed.     The  russet  belt  will  also  be  worn  with  the  blue  uniforui 
when  on  liberty. 

16.  Boots,  leggings,  and  puttees. — The  present  authority  for  the  wearing  of 
boots  (without  spurs),  leggings,  or  spiral  puttees  by  officers,,  and  leggings  or 
spiral  puttees  by  enlisted  men,  when  actually  on  flying  duty,  is  extended  to  war- 
rant officers  and  enlisted  men  qualified  .as  balloon  pilots. 

17.  Leggings  for  officers  are  no  longer  restricted .  to  the  pattern  known,  as 
''.strap  puttee."     Leggings  will  not  be  worn,  by '  officers  and  enlisted  men  with 
dress   or   blue   undress   except,  as  expressly   authorized    in   these   regulations. 
Leggings  will  not  be  worn  with  white  trousers. 

18.  Breeches. — White  undress  breeches,  heretofore  authorized  for  mounted 
officers  in  the  Tropics  when  not  on  duty,  may  be  worri  with  white  undress  by 
all  officers  when  not  on  duty. 

19.  Coats. — A  brass  hook,  on  each  side  seam  at  waist,  has  been  added  to  the 
dress  and  winter  service  coats  for  officers,  to  hold  the  Sam  Browne  belt  in 
proper  position.     Flaps  will  be  stitched  just  above  lower  pockets,  which  have 
been  slightly  enlarged,  instead  of  1  inch  above  as  heretofore. 

20.  Collar. — The  linen  collar  worn  by  officers  and  by  members  of  the  Marine 
Band  is  to  be  of  such  height  as  to  show  no  more  than  one-fourth  inch  above  col- 
lar of  coat  or  jacket,  instead  of  three-eighths  inch  as  heretofore. 

21.  Gloves. — Leather  dress  gloves  are  prescribed  for  enlisted  men  in  lieu  of 
woolen   gloves,   the  latter,    however,   to   be   issued   until   no   longer   available. 
Horsehide  gauntlets  are  authorized  for  chauffeurs  and  motorcycle  orderlies  when 
actually  operating  Marine  Corps  motor  vehicles. 

22.  Headgear. — All  caps   (except  the  garrison  cap)   have  been  modified.     In 
the  case  of  officers,  the  crown,  which  was  enlarged,  is  given  a.  more  decided 
slope,  and  falls  into  a  slack  position  in  rear,  and  the  visor  is  placed  at  a  less 
acute  angle.     In  the  case  of  enlisted  men,  the  crown  is  modified  in  a  manner 
generally  similar  to  that  of  officers'  caps.     The  former  regulation  caps  for  offi- 
cers may  be  worn  until  no  longer  serviceable,  and  the  former  design  for  en- 
listed men  will  be  issued  them  until  no  longer  available.     A  rubber  cap  cover  is 
authorized  for  wear  by  officers  during  inclement  weather. 

23.  In  the  case  of  general  officers,  the  hat  cord  worn  with  the  field  hat  has 
been  changed  from  scarlet  and  gold  to  plain  gold.     The  field  hat  for  enlisted 
men  was  modified,  some  time  ago,  the  brim  being  made  flat  and  a  head  strap 
being  added.     A   similar   hat   is   specified   for   officers,    although    the   present 
model  may  be  worn  until  no  longer  serviceable. 

24.  When  on  campaigns,  the  field  hat  is  prescribed  as  the  regulation  head- 
gear to  be  worn  with  both  service  uniforms  by  enlisted  men.    The  winter  serv- 
ice cap  is  to  be  worn  with  the  winter  uniform  at  all  other  times. 

25.  Shirt.— The  chambray  shirt  has  been  abolished  as  an  article  of  the  uni- 
form for  officers  and  enlisted  men. 

26.  Shoes. — Russet  shoes  are  prescribed  for  enlisted  men  with  dress  and  blue 
undress  and,  for  the  second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians,  Marine  Band, 
with  special   full   dress  and  full  dress,  black  shoes  to  be  issued  to  marine 


VIII  LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL. 

bandsmen  and  to  marine  detachments  on  board  ship  and  at  Peking,  China, 
until  no  longer  available. 

27.  Sword.— The  sword  has  been  omitted  from  the  special  full  dress  uniform 
of  the  leader,  Marine  Band,  and,  In  the  case  of  the  second  leader  of  the  band, 
is  no  longer  an  article  of  uniform. 

28.  Insignia,  chevrons,  trumpet  banner,  etc. — Instead  of  being  optional  as 
heretofore,  the  insignia  of  rank,  and  the  insignia  worn  by  warrant  officers 
and  pay  clerks,  and  leader,  Marine  Band,  are  prescribed  to  be  worn  on  the 
raincoat  whenever  the  latter  is  provided  with  shoulder  straps. 

29.  The  revised  regulations  are  worded  to  prescribe  li  inches  from  center 
of  collar  ornament  to  collar  opening,  and  2  inches  from  center  of  ornament  to 
center  of  collar  insignia. 

30.  Regulations  are  added  as  to  the  wearing  of  balloon  pilot  insignia  for 
warrant  officers  and  enlisted  men  holding  certificates  of  qualification  as  balloon 
pilots.    Naval  aviator  and  balloon  pilot  insignia  worn  by  officers  on  dress  and 
winter  service  are  to  be  embroidered. 

31.  Letters  worn  by  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps  Reserve, 
the  Naval  Militia   (Marine  Corps  branch),  and  the  National  Naval  Volunteers 
(Marine  Corps  branch)   are  prescribed  for  the  collars  of  the  coats  and  the 
flannel  shirt  only. 

32.  War-service  chevrons  are  no  longer  regulation  in  the  Marine  Corps,  as  the 
service  represented  is  indicated  by  clasps  on  the  Victory  medal,  and  by  bronze 
stars  or  the  Maltese  cross  on  the  Victory  ribbon,  medals  or  ribbons  being  pre- 
scribed at  all  times  except  when  in  the  field. 

33.  Dress  chevrons  and  service  stripes  for  enlisted  men,  of  the  approximate 
size  of  chevrons  and  stripes  worn  with  the  summer  and  winter  uniforms,  have 
been  adopted,  the  large  design,  however,  to  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 
A  lyre  has  been  substituted  for  the  cornet  in  the  chevrons  of  the  second  leader, 
Marine  Band.     The  service  stripe  is  prescribed  for  each  four  years  of  service, 
continuous  or  otherwise,  instead  of  for  each  enlistment.     If  service  stripes  are 
worn  with  the  gun  captain  and  gun  pointer  insignia,  the  latter  will  be  worn 
above  such  stripes. 

34.  Trumpet  banners  have  been  adopted,  and  will  be  suspended  from  the 
trumpet  at  all  times.    Technical  insignia  for  enlisted  men  have  been  abolished. 
Regulations  are  included  to  govern  the  manner  of  wearing  military  police  and 
provost  guard  brassards. 

35.  Decorations,  medals,  and  ribbons. — Miniature  medals  will  be  worn  \vi,uh 
evening  dress  and   white  dress,  as  already   stated,   and  are  authorized   with 
civilian  clothes.     Medals  will  be  divided   into  overlapping  lines  when  the  in- 
dividual possesses  more  than  can  be  properly  mounted  on  a  single  holding 
bar.     Service   medals    (except   the   Dewey    medal,    the    Sampson   medal,   and 
the  specially  meritorious  service  medal)   will  be  worn  according  to  the  date 
of  the  particular  action   or  campaign   for   which    awarded,    and    if   a    single 
service  medal   is  awarded   for   several   different   campaigns,   the  date   of  the 
first  campaign   in   which    tin-   holder  participated    will    govern.     For    instance. 


LETTER  OF  TEANSMITTAL.  IX 

the  Mexican  service  medal  would  be  worn  before  or  after  the  Nicaraguan 
campaign  medal  according  to  whether  the  former  was  awarded  for  service  in 
1911  or  1914,  or  if  awarded  for  both  1911  and  1914  would  be  worn  before  the 
Nicaraguan  campaign  medal,  the  latter  being  for  service  in  1912.  (The 
Mexican  service  medal  also  represents  service  other  than  the  foregoing,  which 
is  used  as  an  illustration  only.) 

36.  When  a  person  would  be  entitled  to  both  Haiti  campaign  medals,  a  clasp 
(awarded  in  lieu  of  a  second  medal)  will  be  worn  on  the  ribbon  attached  to 
the  Haiti  campaign  medal,  1915,  and  a  bronze  star  will  be  worn  on  the  Haiti 
service  ribbon.    A  bronze  numeral,  to  the  number  of  clasps  awarded  with  the 
Marine  Corps  gdbd -conduct  medal,  will  be  worn  on  the  good-conduct  ribbon. 
Ribbons  corresponding  to  those  attached   to  the  life-saving  medals  and   the 
Bailey  medal  may  be  worn  with  other  ribbons. 

37.  Ribbons  will  be  placed  in  rows  of  three,  where  that  number  or  more  is 
held,  unless  the  number  involved  would  make  too  many  rows,  in  which  case 
ribbons  will  be  placed  in  rows  of  four.    Where  the  arrangement  of  ribbons  into 
more  than  one  row  results  in  a  row  of  less  than  full  length,  the  latter  row 
will  be  underneath. 

JOHN  A.  LEJEUNE, 
Major  General  Commandant. 
Approved : 

EDWIN  DENBY, 

Secretary  of  the  Navy. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  UNITED  STATES 
MARINE  CORPS,  1922. 


CHAPTER  I. 
GENERAL  REGULATIONS. 

1.  Uniform  Regulations,  United  States  Marine  Corps,   1922,  is  published  for 
the  information  and  guidance  of  all  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine 
Corps,  who  shall  wear  the  articles  of  uniform  and  equipment  only  which  are 
prescribed  herein  for  their  respective  ranks  and  grades.     Commanding  officers 
shall  assure  themselves  that  all  officers  and  enlisted  men  serving  under  their 
command  conform  strictly  to  these  regulations. 

2.  The  various  uniforms  shall  consist  of  the  articles  only  which  are  pre- 
scribed herein.    Parts  of  one  uniform  shall  not  be  worn  with  parts  of  another 
except  as  authorized  in  these  regulations,  and  so  far  as  practicable,  especially 
in  connection  with  white  uniforms  or  uniforms  combining  white,  officers  and 
enlisted  men  shall  wear  corresponding  articles  of  the  uniform  when  on  duty 
together. 

3.  The  uniform  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  for  the  day  or  for  any  particular 
occasion  shall  be  fixed,  if  at  a  post  or  station,  by  the  commanding  officer  of  ma- 
rines or,  if  attached  to  a  vessel  of  the  Navy,  by  the  senior  naval  officer  present, 
with  due  regard  to  the  duty  to  be  performed  and  the  state  of  the  weather,  and 
shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Chapter  III  of  these  regulations. 
In  any  special  case  not  definitely  covered  by  Chapter  III,  the  uniform  shall  con- 
form to  the  general  principles  laid  down  in  that  chapter. 

4.  The  uniform  of  the  day  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  shall  be  posted  on  a 
bulletin  board,  and  a  copy  of  these  regulations  shall  be  placed  where  they  may 
be  consulted  by  enlisted  men. 

5.  Commissioned  officers,  warrant  officers,  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine 
Corps,   when   actually  engaged   in  flying   duty,   are  authorized   to   wear  such 
articles  of  uniform  and  equipment  for  flying  as  are  prescribed  by  the  Navy 
Department  for  the  aviation  personnel  of  the  Navy. 

6.  Commanding  officers  shall  inspect  and  verify  service  uniforms,  arms,  and 
field  'equipment  of  the  personnel  under  their  command  as  often  as  may  be 
necessary  to  be  assured  that  all  members  thereof  are  prepared,  upon  short 
notice,  to  take  the  field  fully  uniformed  and  equipped  as  prescribed.     Officers 
ordered  to  duty  in  the  field  shall  be  required  to  carry  those  articles  of  uniform 
and  equipment  only  which  are  necessary  to  the  particular  duty  ordered. 

1 


2  UNIFORk  KEGUlJArtCNS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

7.  The  uniform  for  6n*1cers  >.t*d  ^listed'  men  of  the  Naval  Militia    (Marine 
Corps   branch)    of  the   several    States   and   Territories,    and   the   District   of 
Columbia ;  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  such  militia  enrolled  in  time  of  war 
in  the  National  Naval  Volunteers  (Marine  Corps  branch)  ;  and  for  officers  and 
enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  shall  be  the  same  as  for  the  corre- 
sponding ranks  and  grades  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps, 
with  the  letters  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

8.  Officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy  serving  with  an  expeditionary  force 
of  marines  may  wear  the  service  uniform  prescribed  for  officers  and  enlisted 
men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  respectively,  with  insignia  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

9.  An  officer  holding  an  acting  appointment  shall  wear  the  uniform  of  the 
grade  to  which  he  is  appointed  until  the  appointment  is  revoked,  when  he  shall 
resume  the  uniform  of  his  actual  rank. 

10.  Officers  detailed  to  a  staff  department  for  a  four-year  period  shall  wear 
their  line  uniforms,   together   with   the   insignia   of  the  staff  department  as 
prescribed  in  Chapter  V.     Officers  serving  with  staff  departments,  but  not  under 
a  regular  four-year  detail,  shall  also  wear  their  line  uniforms,  the  wearing  of 
the  staff  insignia  being  optional. 

11.  Retired  officers  on  active  duty  shall  conform  in  all   respects  to  these 
regulations.     If  not  on   active  duty  they   are  not   required   to  wear  or  have 
uniforms,  but  may  wear  uniforms  and  equipment  either   in  conformity  with 
these  regulations  or  as  prescribed  at  the  time  of  their  retirement'.     A  retired 
officer  with   a   brevet  commission   may,  while  in  a   retired  status,    wear  the 
uniform   of   his   highest   brevet    rank.     Retired   enlisted    men    may   wear   the 
uniform  prescribed  at  the  date  of  their  retirement. 

12.  Officers  suspended  from  duty  by  sentence  of  a  court-martial,  or  on  leave 
or  awaiting  orders  for  punishment,  are  prohibited  from  wearing  uniform  during 
the  period  of  punishment. 

13.  Colored  linen  shall  not  be  worn  with  the  uniform  where  it  may  be  visible. 

14.  Officers   shall    maintain    their   uniform,   arms,   and   personal   and   horse 
equipment  in  a  thoroughly  neat  and  serviceable  condition,  and  shall  by  their 
appearance  set  an  example  of  neatness  and  strict  conformity  to  regulations  in 
uniforms  and  equipment. 

15.  The  enlisted  personnel  shall  be  neat  and  trim  in  person  and  dress  on  all 
occasions,  and  commanding  officers  will  be  held  responsible  for  the  appearance 
at  all  times  of  the  men  serving  under  them.     Officers,  and  commanding  officers 
especially,  will  impress   upon  the  enlisted  personnel  that  the  dignity  of  the 
uniform  and  the  respect  due  it  are  best  preserved  when  its  wearers  so  conduct 
themselves  as  never  to  cast  discredit  upon  it.     All  officers  will  observe  the 
appearance  of  the  enlisted  men  seen  on  liberty  or  furlough,  and  will  report 
those  who  may  be  in  an  untidy  condition. 

16.  Commanding  officers  shall  exercise  close  supervision  over  the  fitting  of 
the  uniforms  of  enlisted  men,  shall  encourage  the  men  to  keep  their  uniforms 
clean  and  neat,  and  shall  do  everything  possible  to  facilitate  the  proper  care, 
donning,  and  preservation  of  uniforms  and  equipment. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  3 

17.  Enlisted  men  shall  wear  clothing  and  equipment  issued  by  the  Quarter- 
master's Department  only,  and  clothing  and  equipment  so  issued  will  be  con- 
sidered regulation.     If  wreck,  fire,  or  other  emergency  renders  it  absolutely 
necessary  to  temporarily  obtain  clothing  from  other  sources,  such  clothing  shall 
conform  as  nearly  as  possible  to  that  prescribed  herein  and  shall  be  carefully 
inspected  by  the  commanding  officer  before  being  worn. 

18.  The  quantity  and  kind  of  uniform  clothing  provided  each  enlisted  man 
shall  depend  upon  the  nature  of  his  duties.     At  shore  stations  within  and 
without  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States,  each  enlisted   man  will 
be  issued  and  required  to  keep  on  hand  one  dress  coat  (with  gilt  collar  orna- 
ments), one  pair  dress  trousers,  and  one  dress  cap  (with  gilt  cap  ornament). 
At  recruit  training  stations,  the  dress  uniform  will  not  be  issued  to  recruits 
unless  they  are  transferred  to  permanent  organizations  serving  thereat. 

19.  In  order  to  increase  the  mobility  of  forces  available  for  expeditionary 
service  and  to  reduce  issues  to  a  minimum  at  time  of  departure,  each  enlisted 
man  at  every  post,  except  recruits  at  recruit  depots,  shall  be  required  to  keep 
the  following  articles  of  clothing,  in  good  serviceable  condition,  on  hand  at  all 
times : 

1  blanket. 

2  coats,  service. 
4  pairs  drawers. 

3  hat,  field  (with  headstrap). 
2  pairs  leggings,  canvas. 

1  ornament,  cap  and  hat,  bronze. 
1  pair  ornaments,  collar,  bronze. 
1  overcoat. 

1  poncho. 

2  shirts,  flannel. 

2  pairs  shoes. 

4  pairs  socks. 

3  pairs  trousers,  service. 

4  undershirts. 

20.  Commanding  officers  shall  require  company  and  detachment  commanders 
to  keep  lists  of  the  clothing  in  the  hands  of  each  man  and  by  frequent  inspec- 
tions to  see  that  these  lists  are  kept  up  to  date  and  that  each  man  at  all  times 
has  all  the  articles  required  in  paragraphs  18  and  19.     Only  articles  that  are 
absolutely  necessary  will  be  issued  after  the  receipt  of  orders  and  prior  to 
the  departure  of  expeditionary  forats. 

21.  When  ordered  to'  duty  in  the  field  or  on  expeditions,  a  noncommissioned 
staff  officer  may  be  issued,  on  memorandum  receipt,  a  trunk  locker  (or  bedding 
roll)  and  a  clothing  roll. 

22.  Enlisted  men  shall  wear  regulation  underclothing.     Unless  a  particular 
weight  is  prescribed,  either  heavy  or  light  underwear  may  be  worn,  as  desired. 

23.  No  watch  chain,  fob,  pin,  or  other  jewelry  shall  be  worn  exposed  upon 
the  uniform,  except  cuff  buttons  and  shirt  studs  as  prescribed. 


4  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.  S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

24.  The  following  is   an  act  of  Congress   with   reference  to  discrimination 
against  persons  lawfully  wearing  the  uniform: 

"That  hereafter  no  proprietor,  manager,  or  employee  of  a  theater  or  other 
publi^  place  of  entertainment  or  amusement  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  or  in 
any  Territory,  the  District  of  Alaska  or  insular  possession  of  the  United 
States,  shall  make,  or  cause  to  be  made,  any  discrimination  against  any 
person  lawfully  wearing  the  uniform  of  the  Army,  Navy,  Revenue-Cutter 
Service  or  Marine  Corps  of  the  United  States  because  of  that  uniform,  and  any 
person  making,  or  causing  to  be  made,  such  discrimination  shall  be  guilty  of 
a  misdemeanor,  punishable  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  five  hundred  dollars." 
Act  Mar.  1,  1911  (36  Stat.  L.  963,  964). 

For  information  as  to  various  State  laws,  the  statutes  of  the  various  States 
should  be  consulted. 

25.  Dungarees  may  be  prescribed  for  officers  and  enlisted  men   while  en- 
gaged in  work  which  requires  such  clothing.     When  engaged  in  athletics  or 
gymnastics,  officers  and  enlisted  men  may  wear  clothing  appropriate  thereto. 
Uniform  clothing  with  shooting  pads  may  be  worn  by  officers  and  enlisted  men 
while  shooting  on  the  rifle  range. 

26.  Officers  may  be  authorized  to  wear  civilian  clothing  when  on  duty  at 
the  Navy  Department  or  Headquarters  Marine  Corps,  or  when  employed  on 
shore  duty  without  troops  other  than  at  navy  yards,  shore  stations,  and  re- 
cruiting offices. 

27.  Officers  on  leave  of  absence  or  who  have  permission  to  leave  a  station  may 
wear  civilian  clothes  at  the  discretion  of  the  commanding  officer  of  marines. 
If  attached  to  a  ship,  this  permission  should  be  obtained  from  the  commanding 
officer  thereof.     Officers  may  be  permitted  to  wear  civilian  clothing  in  foreign 
ports,  but  discretion  must  be  observed  in  such  instances. 

28.  Enlisted  men  serving  on  board  ship  shall  not  wear  civilian  clothing  when 
ashore  in  a  foreign  port,  but  may  be  granted  such  permission  when  on  fur- 
lough or  on  liberty  in      home  port.    They  shall  not  be  allowed  to  have  civilian 
outer  clothing  in  their  possession  on  board  ship. 

29.  Enlisted  men  serving  on  shore  in  a  foreign  country  shall  not  have  in 
their  possession  nor  wear  civilian  clothing  unless  specifically  authorized  when 
an   emergency   renders  it  necessary.     When   serving  on  shore  in   the  United 
States  or  its  possessions,  they  may  be  permitted  to  wear  civilian  clothing  on 
furlough  or  on  liberty  and  be  allowed  to  keep  civilian  clothing  in  their  pos- 
session.   Enlisted  men  on  duty  at  Headquarters  Marine  Corps  may  be  permitted 
to  wear  civilian  clothing.  4 

30.  With  civilian  clothing  officers  shall  wear  no  part  of  the  outer  uniform 
except  the  raincoat,  gloves,  and  shoes,  and  enlisted  men  no  part  of  the  outer 
uniform  except  gloves  and  shoes. 


CHAPTER  II. 

ARTICLES  OF  THE  UNIFORM  AND  EQUIPMENT  WITH 
WHICH  OFFICERS  AND  THE  LEADER,  MARINE  BAND, 
ARE  TO  BE  PROVIDED. 

50.  Unless  otherwise  ordered,  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  and  the  leader, 
Marine  Band,  shall  provide  themselves  with  the  articles  of  the  uniform  and 
equipment  indicated  for  their  respective  ranks,  as  follows,  the  leader  being 
required  to  procure  those  articles  only  which  are  prescribed  with  the  uniforms 
habitually  worn  by  him  : 

Aiguillettes,  dress  (par.  400).  Permanent  staff  officers;  aides-de-camp  as 
follows,  namely,  to  the  President,  to  the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secre- 
tary of  the  Navy,  on  the  personal  staff  of  a  flag  officer  of  the  Navy, 
to  general  officers,  and  tp  visiting  foreign  officers;  officers  detailed  for 
duty  at  the  White  House ;  leader,  Marine  Band. 

Aiguillettes,  service  (par.  401).  Aides-de-camp  as  follows,  namely,  to  the 
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  on  the  personal  staff 
of  a  flag  officer  of  the  Navy,  to  general  officers,  and  to  visiting  foreign 
officers. 

Band,  official  mourning  (par.  403).  All  officers  when  official  mourning 
is  ordered. 

Baton  (par.  404).     Leader,  Marim^  Band. 

Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).  Commissioned  officers; 
leader,  Marine  Band. 

Belt,  undress,  warrant  officers  (par.  406).  Warrant  officers  and  pay 
clerks. 

Belt,  sword,  full-dress   (par.  407).     Leader,  Marine  Band. 

Belt,  trousers,  woven  (par.  409).    All  officers. 

Blanket,  wool  (par.  618).     Such  officers  as  require  same. 

Boots,  black  (par.  410)  ;  with  spurs  (par.  527).     Mounted  officers. 

Boots,  russet  (par.  411)  ;  with  spurs  (par.  527).  Mounted  officers. 
Authorized,  without  spurs,  for  aviators  (Chap.  III). 

Breeches,  dress.  The  Major  General  Commandant  and  other  general 
officers  (par.  422)  ;  mounted  line  officers  (par.  423)  ;  permanent  staff 
officers  (par.  424). 

Breeches,  service,  summer  (par.  425).     All  officers. 

Breeches,  service,  winter  (par.  426).     All  officers. 

Buttons,  cuff  (par.  429).     All  officers. 

Cap,  dress.  The  Major  General  Commandant  and  other  general  officers 
(par.  433)  ;  field  officers  (par.  434)  ;  company  officers,  warrant  officers, 
and  pay  clerks,  and  leader,  Marine  Band  (par.  435). 

5 
I 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

Cap,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  4S6).     Leader.  Marine  Band. 

Cap,  garrison    (par.  437).     All  officers  on  tropical  duty. 

Cap,  service,  summer  (par.  438).    All  officers.     Khaki  cap  cover  may  be 

substituted. 

Cap,   service,  winter    (par.   439).     All   officers. 
Cap,  undress,  white.    The  Major  Genera]  Commandant  and  other  general 

officers  (par.  440)  ;  field  officers  (par.  441)  ;  company  officers,  warrant 

officers,  and  pay  clerks,  and  leader,  Marine  Band   (par.  442).     White 

cap  cover  may   be  substituted. 
Cape,  rain  (par.  443).     Leader,  Marine  Band.     Authorized  for  all  officers. 

*  Case,  dispatch  and  map  (par.  444).     Such  officers  as  require  same. 
Chevrons,  wound   (par.  445).     Officers  entitled  thereto  under  provisions 

of  Chapter  V. 

Cloak  (par.  446).     Commissioned  officers;  leader,  Marine  Band. 
Coat,  dress    (par.  447).     All  officers. 

Coat,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  448).     Leader,  Marine  Band. 
Coat,   service,  summer    (par.  449).     All  officers. 
Coat,  service,  winter  (par.  450).     All  officers. 
Coat,  undress,  white    (par.  451).     All  officers. 
Collar    (par.  452).     All   officers. 

*  Compass   (par.  453).     Such  officers  as  require  same. 

Equipment,  horse  (par.  455).  Mounted  officers  when  actually  performing 
mounted  duty. 

*  Flashlight,  electric  (par.  456).     Such  officers  as  require  same. 
Gloves,  gray  (par.  461).     All  officers. 

Gloves,  white    (par.  462).     All  officers. 

Hat,  field   (par.  463).     All  officers. 

Insignia.  Officers  of  Adjutant  and  Inspector's  Department  (pars.  467, 
468)  ;  of  Paymaster's  Department  (pars.  469,  470)  ;  of  Quartermaster's 
Department  (pars.  471-473)  ;  aides-de-camp  to  general  officers  (pars. 
474,  475)  ;  marine  gunners  (pars.  476,  477)  ;  leader,  Marine  Band 
(par.  478). 

Insignia  of  rank  (pars.  482^89).     Commissioned  officers  as  indicated. 

Jacket,  dress,  evening.  The  Major  General  Commandant  and  other  gen- 
eral officers  (par.  490)  ;  field  officers  and  commissioned  company  offi- 
cers (par.  491). 

Knots,  shoulder  (par.  492).  Commissioned  officers;  leader,  Marine  Band 
(see  note  in  par.  492). 

Knot,  sword,  dress  (par.  493).  Commissioned  officers;  leader,  Marine 
I'.juul. 

Knot,  sword,  undress  (par.  494).  Commissioned  officers;  leader,  Marine 
Band. 

Knot,  sword,  official  mourning  (par.  495).  All  officers  when  official 
mourning  is  ordon-d. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  7 

Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).    All  officers. 

Letters  (collar).    All  officers  of  Marine  Corps  Reserve  (pars.  497,  498)  ; 

National  Naval  Volunteers   (Marine  Corps  branch)    (pars.  499,  500)  ; 

and  Naval  Militia   (Marine  Corps  branch)    (pars.  501,  502). 

*  Locker,  trunk  (par.  503).     Such  officers  as  require  same;  field  officers 
may  be  provided  with  two. 

Miniature  of  each  decoration  and  medal,  and  the  expeditionary  ribbon, 

worn  by  the  individual  (Chap.  VI).     All  officers. 
Necktie,  dress,  evening  (par.  504).    Commissioned  officers. 
Numerals,  company,  bronze  (par.  505).     Officers  for  whom  prescribed. 
Ornaments,  cap  and  hat  (pars.  506,  507).    All  officers. 
Ornaments,  collar  and  shoulder-knot  (pars.  508,  509).     Collar  ornaments, 

all  officers;  shoulder-knot  ornaments,  commissioned  officers. 
Overcoat  (par.  510).    All  officers. 

Puttees,  spiral  (par.  513).     Authorized  for  aviators  (Chap.  III). 
Raincoat  (par.  514).    All  officers. 

*  Roll,  bedding  (par.  515).     Such  officers  as  require  same. 

*  Roll,  clothing  (par.  516).     Such  officers  as  require  same. 
Scabbard,  sword  (par.  517).    All  officers. 

Scarf,  field  (par.  518).    All  officers. 

Shirt,  flannel  (par.  519).    All  officers. 

Shirt,  white  (par.  520).    All  officers. 

Shoes,  black  (par.  521).    All  officers. 

Shoes,  russet  (par.  522).    All  officers. 

Shoes,  white  (par.  523).    All  officers. 

Slings,  sword,  dress  (par.  524).    All  officers. 

Slings,  sword,  undress  (par.  525).    All  officers. 

Socks  (par.  526).    All  officers. 

Spurs  and  straps  (par.  527).    Mounted  officers. 

Studs,  shirt,  dress,  evening  (par.  528).     Commissioned  officers. 

Sword  (par.  529).    All  officers. 

Trousers,    dress.     The   Major   General    Commandant   and    other   general 

officers  (par.  531)  ;  line  officers  and  leader,  Marine  Band   (par.  532)  ; 

staff  officers  (par.  533). 

Trousers,  dress,  evening    (par.  534).     Commissioned  officers. 
Trousers,   full-dress  and  special  full-dress    (par.   535).     Leader,  Marine 

Band. 

Trousers,  undress,  white  (par.  538).    All  officers. 
Waistcoat,  dress,  evening  (par.  539).     Commissioned  officers. 

*  Watch,  wrist  (par.  540).    All  officers. 

NOTE. — Articles  marked  with  an  asterisk   (*)   in  paragraphs  50  and  51  are  prescribed 
as  field  equipment  for  officers  of  all  ranks  up  to  and  including  the  rank  of  colonel. 

106429°— 22 2 


8  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

51.  The  following  articles  will  be  issued  by  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
to  those  officers  who  by  the  nature  of  their  duties  are  required  to  have  same : 

*  Belt,  pistol,  web,  complete  (par.  408). 
Brassard,  military  police   (par.  619). 
Brassard,  provost  guard  (par.  620). 

*  Canteen,  model  1910,  complete  (par.  432). 
Equipment,  horse  (par.  455).    Junior  officers. 

*  Glasses,  field,  complete  (par.  460). 

*  Haversack,  complete  (par.  464). 
Haversack  and  pack  carrier  (par.  465). 

*  Holster,  pistol,  automatic   (par.  466). 

*  Package,  first-aid,  complete  (par.  511). 

*  Pistol,  automatic,  caliber  .45  (par.  512),  with  three  magazines,  lanyard, 

and  21  rounds  of  ammunition. 

*  Poncho,  rubber  (par.  688). 

Tag,  identification,  complete  (par.  530). 

*  Whistle,  officers,  complete  (par.  541). 

52.  Articles   of  flying  equipment,  except  boots   or   spiral   puttees,   are  fur- 
nished by  the  Navy  Department,  which   also   issues  the  initial  metal   naval 
aviator  and  balloon  pilot  insignia. 

53.  Officers  on  active  duty  who  hold  probationary  or  Reserve  appointments 
will  be  required  to  procure  the  following  articles  of  uniform  only : 

1  belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern,  commissioned  officers. 

1  belt,  undress,  warrant  officers,  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks. 

1  belt,  trousers,  woven. 

2  blankets,  wool. 

3  pairs  breeches,  service,  summer. 
1  pair  breeches,  service,  winter. 

1  pair  buttons,  cuff. 

1  cap,  garrison,  officers  on  tropical  duty  only. 

1  cap,  service,  summer  (khaki  cap  cover  may  be  substituted). 

1  cap,  service,  winter. 

3  coats,  service,  summer. 

1  coat,  service,  winter. 

6  collars. 

1  pair  gloves,  gray. 

1  hat,  field  (with  cord). 

Insignia,  bronze,  as  required. 

1  pair  insignia  of  rank  for  shoulder  straps. 

1  pair  insignia  of  rank  for  collar  of  flannel  shirt 

1  knot  sword,  undress,  commissioned  officers. 

1   pnlr  loggings,  russet. 

1  pair  letters,  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  bronze,  officers  of  Reserve. 

NOTB. — Articles  markod  with  an  asterisk   (*)   In  paragraphs  50  and  51  are  prescribed 
as  field  equipment  for  officers  of  all  ranks  up  to  and  including  the  rank  of  colonel. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.»S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  9 

1  ornament,  cap  and  hat,  bronze. 
1  pair  ornaments,  collar,  bronze. 
1  overcoat. 
1  scabbard,  sword. 

1  scarf,  field. 

2  shirts,  flannel. 
4  shirts,  white. 

2  pairs  shoes,  russet. 

1  slings,  sword,  undress. 

1  sword. 

1  watch,  wrist,  with  illuminated  dial. 

54.  Probationary  and  Reserve  officers  ordered  to  sea  duty  will  not  be 
required  to  procure  the  winter  service  uniform,  but  in  lieu  thereof  will  supply 
themselves  with  the  following: 

1  pair  breeches,  service,  summer  (four  pairs  in  all). 

1  cap,  dress. 

1  cap,  undress,  white  (white  cap  cover  may  be  substituted). 

1  cloak,  commissioned  officers. 

1  coat,  dress.  % 

1  coat,  service,  summer  (fqur  in  all). 

2  coats,  undress,  white. 
1  flashlight,  electric. 

4  pairs  gloves,  white. 

Insignia,  gold  and  silver,  as  required. 

1  knot,  sword,  dress,  commissioned  officers. 

1  pair  letters,  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  gold,  officers  of  Reserve. 

1  locker,  trunk. 

1  ornament,  cap,  gold  and  silver. 

1  pair  ornaments,  collar,  gold  and  silver. 

1  pair  shoes,  black. 

1  pair  shoes,  white. 

1  pair  trousers,  dress. 

1  slings,  sword,  dress. 

2  pairs  trousers,  undress,  white. 

55.  The  following  articles  of  uniform  are  prescribed  as  the  minimum  to  be 
kept  on  hand  by  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  Reserve : 

1  belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern,  commissioned  officers. 

1  belt,  undress,  warrant  officers,  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks. 

1  belt,   trousers. 

3  pairs   breeches,    service,    summer. 

1  cap,  service,  summer  (khaki  cap  cover  may  be  substituted). 

3  coats,    service,   summer. 

1  hat,  field    (with   cord). 

Insignia,   bronze,   as   required. 

1  pair  insignia  of  rank  for  shoulder  straps. 


10  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS',   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

1  pair  insignia  of  rank  for  collar  of  flannel  shirt. 

1  knot,  sword,  undress,  commissioned  officers. 

1  pair  leggings,   russet. 

1  pair  letters,  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  bronze. 

1  ornament,  cap  and  hat.  bronze. 

1  pair    ornaments,    collar,    bronze. 

1  scabbard,    sword. 

1  scarf,   field. 

2  shirts,  flannel. 

2  pairs  shoes,  russet. 
1  slings,  sword,  undress. 
1  sword. 

56.  An  officer  serving  under  a  temporary,  acting,  or  Reserve  commission  or 
warrant  in  time  of  war,  or  on  special  assignment,  is  required  to  provide  himself 
with  the  articles  prescribed  for  summer  and  winter  service  uniforms  only,  or 
blue  and  white  undress  when  serving  on  board  ship.     The  procurement  of  other 
uniforms  is  optional. 

57.  Officers  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch)  are  required  to  have 
the  summer  service  uniform  only,  or  blue  and  white  undress  uniforms  when 
serving  on  board  ship.     Upon  being  enrolled  in  time  of  war  in  the  National 
Naval  Volunteers    (Marine  Corps  branch),   such  officers  shall  also  have  the 
winter  service  uniform.     The  procurement  of  other  uniforms  is  optional. 


CHAPTER  III. 

ARTICLES  OF  THE  OUTER  UNIFORM  AND  SPECIAL  REGU- 
LATIONS GOVERNING  THEIR  USE. 

COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS,  WARRANT  OFFICERS,  AND  PAY 

CLERKS. 

100.  The  uniforms  for  officers  shall  be  as  follows : 

101.  DRESS  UNIFORM   (figs.  — ). 
(All  officers.) 

I.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (par.  400).    By  aides-de-camp  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 
2a.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).     By  commissioned  officers  as 

prescribed  in  paragraphs  115-118.     (See  16.) 

2b.  Belt,  undress,  warrant  officers  (par.  406).    By  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks 
as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  115-118.     (See  16.)  « 

3.  Boots,  black,  with  spurs  (pars.  410,  527).    By  mounted  officers  when  breeches 

are  worn. 

4.  Breeches,   dress    (pars.  422-424).     By  mounted  officers  in  lieu  of  trousers, 

when  appropriate.     (See  par.  121.) 

5.  Cap,  dress  (pars.  433-435).     (See  par.  122.) 

6.  Cloak  (par.  446).  By  commissioned  officers.     May  be  prescribed  except  when 

in  lice  with  troops.     (See  13.) 

7.  Coat,  dress  (par.  447).     (See  par.  124.) 

8.  Decorations,  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification  badges  (Chap.  VI). 

9.  Fourragere,  silk  or  wool  (pars.  458,  459).    Worn  by  those  to  whom  fourragere 

is  awarded.     (See  Chap.  VI.) 
lOa.  Gloves,  gray   (par.  461).     With  overcoat  and  when  mounted.      (See  par. 

125.) 
lOb.  Gloves,  white   (par.  462).     Kid,  leather,  or  lisle   (as  appropriate),  except 

with  overcoat  and  when  mounted.     (See  par.  125.) 

II.  Knot,  sword,  dress    (par.  493).     By  commissioned  officers  when  sword  is 

worn.     (See  par.  131.) 

12.  Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).     Only  as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  127,  128. 

13.  Overcoat  (par.  510).    When  appropriate.     (See  6  and  par.  129.) 

14.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).    With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 

11 


12  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

101.  DRESS  UNIFORM  (all  officers)— Continued. 

15a.  Shoes,  black  (par.  521).     With  trousers,  except  when  leggings  are  worn. 

(See  par.  130.) 
15b.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  522).     Only  when  leggings  are  worn.   (See  par.  130.) 

16.  Slings,  sword,  dress  (par.  524).     With  belt  when  sword  is  prescribed;  worn 

outside  the  coat  or  overcoat.     (See  pars.  116,  117.) 

17.  Socks,  black   (par.  526). 

18.  Spurs   and   black   straps    (par.   527).     When    boots   or   leggings  are  worn. 

Worn  with  spur-point  down. 

19.  Sword  and  scabbard    (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed.     (See  pars.  131, 

132.) 

20.  Trousers,  dress  (pars.  531-533).     (See  4  and  par.  133.) 


102.  WHITE  DRESS  UNIFORM   (fig.  — ). 
(All  officers.) 

1.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (par.  400).    By  aides-de-camp  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 
2a.  Belt,   officers,   Sam   Browne   pattern    (par.  405).     By   commissioned   officers 

when   sword   is  prescribed ;   worn   under  the   coat,   without   shoulder 

strap.     (See  11  and  pars.  115-117.) 
2b.  Belt,  undress,  warrant  officers    (par.  406).     By  warrant  officers  and  pay 

clefts  when  sword  is  prescribed ;  worn  under  the  coat.     ( See  11  and 

pars.  115-117.) 

3.  Cap,  undress,  white   (pars.  440-442).     White  cap  cover  may  be  substituted. 

(See  par.   122.) 

4.  Coat,  undress,  white    (par.  451).     (See  par.  124.) 

5.  Fourragere,  silk  or  wool  (pars.  458,459).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  fourragere 

is  awarded.     (See  Chap.  VI.) 

6.  Gloves,  white  (par.  462).     Kid,  leather  or  lisle  (as  appropriate),  when  sword 

is  worn.     (See  par.  125.) 

7.  Knot,   sword,   dress    (par.  493).     By   commissioned   officers  when   sword   is 

worn.     (See  par.  131.) 

8.  Miniatures  of  decorations,  medals,  and  the  expeditionary  ribbon   (Chap.  VI). 

9.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).     With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 
lOa.  Shoes,   russet    (par.   522).     When    in   line  with   troops   on   shore.      (See 

par.  130.) 
lOb.  Shoes,  white  (par.  523).     Except  when  in  line  with  troops  on  shore. 

11.  Slings,    sword,    dress    (par.    524).     With    holt    when    sword    is    prescribed; 

worn  outside  the  coat.     (See  pars.  116,  117.) 

12.  Socks  (par.  ~W>).     White  with  wh.te  shoes,  black  with  russet  shoes. 

13.  Sword  and  scabbard    (pars.  .7.11).  HIT).     When   prescribed.     (See  pars.  131, 


14.  Trousers,  undress,  white    (par.  538).     (See  par.  128.) 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  13 


103.  EVENING  DRESS  UNIFORM  (figs.  — ). 
(Commissioned  officers.) 

1.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (par.  400).    By  permanent  staff  officers  and  aides-de-camp, 

as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

2.  Cap,  dress  (pars.  433-435).     (See  par.  122.) 

3.  Cloak  (par.  446).    When  appropriate. 

4.  Fourragere,  silk  or  wool  (pars.  458,  459).    Worn  by  those  to  whom  fourragere 

is  awarded.     (See  Chap.  VI.) 

5.  Gloves,  white  (kid)    (par.  462). 

6.  Jacket,  dress,  evening  (pars.  490,  491). 

7.  Knots,  shoulder  (par.  492).     (See  Chap.  V.) 

8.  Miniatures  of  decorations,  medals,  and  the  expeditionary  ribbon  (Chap.  VI). 

9.  Necktie,  dress,  evening  (par.  504).    Tied  in  a  plain  double  bowknot. 

10.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).    Shirt  having  stiff  starched  bosom,  w«th  shirt  studs 

(par.  528),  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 

11.  Shoes,  black  (par.  521). 

12.  Socks,  black  (par.  526). 

13.  Trousers,  dress,  evening  (par.  534). 

14.  Waistcoat,  dress,  evening   (par.  539). 

104.  BLUE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM  (figs.  — ). 
(All  officers.) 

la.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (par.  400).  By  an  aide-de-camp  to  the  President  and  by 
officers  detailed  for  duty  at  the  White  House,  as  prescribed  in  Chap- 
ter V. 

Ib.  Aiguillettes,  service  (par.  401).  By  other  aides-de-camp,  as  prescribed  in 
Chapter  V. 

2a.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).  By  commissioned  officers; 
worn  over  the  coat.  (See  16  and  pars.  115-118.) 

2b.  Belt,  undress,  warrant  officers  (par.  406).  By  warrant  officers  and  pay 
clerks;  worn  over  the  coat.  (See  16  and  pars.  115-118.) 

3.  Boots,  black,  with  spurs  (pars.  410,  527),    By  mounted  officers  when  breeches 

are  worn. 

4.  Breeches,  dress  (pars.  422-424).    By  mounted  officers  in  lieu  of  trousers,  when 

appropriate.     (See  par.  121.) 

5a.  Cap,  dress  (pars.  433-435).     (See  56  and  par.  122.) 
5b.  Cap,  undress,  white   (pars.  440-442).     May  be  prescribed;  white  cap  cover 

may  be  substituted.     (See  par.  122.) 

6.  Cloak  (par.  446).    By  commissioned  officers.    May  be  prescribed  except  when 

in  line  with  troops.     (See  12.) 

7.  Coat,  dress  (par.  447).     (See  par.  124.) 

8.  Fourragere,  silk  or  wool  (pars.  458,  459).    Worn  by  those  to  whom  fourragere 

is  awarded.     (See  Chap.  VI.) 


14  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

104.  BLUE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM  (all  officers)— Continued. 

9a.  Gloves,  gray  (par.  461).    With  overcoat  and  when  mounted.     (See  par.  125.) 
9b.  Gloves,  white    (par.  462).     Kid,  leather,  or  lisle   (as  appropriate),  except 
with  overcoat  and  when  mounted.     (See  par.  125.) 

10.  Knot,  sword,  undress  (par.  494).     By  commissioned  officers  when  sword  is 

worn.     (See  par.  131.) 

11.  Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).    Only  as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  127,  128. 

12.  Overcoat    (par.    510).      When    appropriate.      (See   6    and   par.    129.) 

13.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI). 

14.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).    With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 
15a.  Shoes,  black    (par.  521).     With  blue  trousers,  except  when  leggings  are 

worn.     (See  par.  130.) 
15b.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  522).    With  blue  trousers  when  leggings  are  worn,  and 

with  white  trousers  when  in  line  with  troops  on  shore.     (See  par.  130.) 
15c.  Shoes,  white   (par.  523).     With  white  trousers,  except  when  in  line  with 

troops  on  shore. 

16.  Slings,   sword,  undress    (par.  525).     With  belt  when   sword  is  prescribed. 

(See  pars.  116,  117.) 

17.  Socks  (par.  526).    White  with  white  shoes,  black  with  other  shoes. 

18.  Spurs  and  black  straps  (par.  527).     When  boots  are  worn,  and  with  leggings 

when  mounted.    Worn  with  spur-point  down. 

19.  Sword  and  scabbard    (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed.     (See  pars.  131, 

132.) 

20a.  Trousers,  dress  (pars.  531-533).     (See  4,  20&,  and  par.  133.) 
20b.  Trousers,  undress,  white  (par.  538).     May  be  prescribed.     (See  par.  128.) 

105.  WHITE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM  (rig.  — ). 
(All  officers.) 

la.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (par.  400).  By  an  aide-de-camp  to  the  President  and  by 
officers  detailed  for  duty  at  the  White  House,  as  prescribed  in  Chap- 
ter V. 

Ib.  Aiguillettes,  service  (par.  401).  By  other  aides-de-camp,  as  prescribed  in 
Chapter  V. 

2a.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).  By  commissioned  officers 
when  sword  is  prescribed ;  worn  under  the  coat,  without  shoulder  strap. 
(See  14  and  pars.  115-117.) 

2b.  Belt,  undress,  warrant  officers  (par.  406).  By  warrant  officers  and  pay 
clerks  when  sword  is  prescribed;  worn  under  the  coat.  (See  14  and 
pnrs.  115-117.) 

3.  Boots,  black  or  msset,  with  spurs  (pars.  410,  411.  527).  May  be  worn  by 
mounted  officers  when  not  on  duty,  when  white  breeches  are  worn. 
(See  10.) 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  15 

105.  WHITE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM  (all  officers)— Continued. 

4.  Breeches,  undress,  white  (par.  427).     May  be  worn  when  not  on  duty.     (Sec 

3,  18,  and  par.  121.) 

5.  Cap,  undress,  white    (pars.  440-442).     White  cap  cover  may  be  substituted. 

(See  par.  122.) 

6.  Coat,  undress,  white  (par.  451).     (See  par.  124.) 

7.  Fourragere,  silk  or  wool  (pars.  458,  459).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  fourragere 

is  awarded.     (See  Chap  VI.) 

8.  Gloves,   white    (par.   462).     Kid,    leather,   or   lisle    (as   appropriate),   when 

sword  is  worn.     ( See  par.  125. ) 

9.  Knot,  sword,  undress   (par.  494).     By  commissioned  officers  when  sword  is 

worn.     ( See  par.  131. ) 

10.  Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).     When  breeches  are  worn  off  duty.     (See  3  and 

par.  128.) 

11.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI.) 

12.  Shirt,  white  (par,  520).    With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429)  and  collar  (par.  452). 
13a.  Shoes,  russet    (par.  522).     When  in  line  with  troops  on  shore  and  when 

leggings  are  worn.     (See  par.  130.) 

13b.  Shoes,  white    (par.  523).     Except  when  in  line  with  troops  on  shore  or 
when  leggings  are  worn. 

14.  Slings,  sword,  undress    (par.  525).     With  belt  when  sword  is  prescribed; 

worn  outside  the  coat.     ( See  pars.  116,  117. ) 

15.  Socks  (par.  526).    White  with  white  shoes,  black  with  russet  shoes. 

16.  Spurs  and  straps    (par.   527).     When  boots  are  worn;   black  straps  with 

black  boots,  russet  straps  with  russet  boots.     Worn  with   spur-point 
down. 

17.  Sword  and  scabbard   (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed.      (See  pars.  131, 

132.) 

18.  Trousers,  undress,  white  (par.  538).     (See  4.) 

106.  WINTER   SERVICE  UNIFORM    (figs.   — ). 
(All  officers.) 

1.  Aiguillettes,  service  (par.  401).    By  aides-de-camp  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 
2a.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern    (par.  405).     By  commissioned  officers, 

except  when  web  pistol  belt  is  prescribed;  worn  over  the  coat.     (See 

23  and  pars.  115-119.) 
2b.  Belt,  undress,  warrant   officers    (par.   406).     By  warrant  officers  and  pay 

clerks,  except  when  web  pistol  belt  is  prescribed ;  worn  over  the  coat. 

(See  23  and  pars.  115-119.) 
2c.  Belt,  pistol,  web,  complete   (par.  408).     When  prescribed.     (See  pars.  115, 

119.) 


16  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

106.  WINTER  SERVICE  UNIFORM  (all  officers )  —Continued. 

2d.  Belt,  trousers,  woven   (par.  409).     When  the  coat  is  not  worn.     (See  par. 
115.) 

3.  Boots,  russet,  with  spurs  (pars.  411,  527).    By  mounted  officers  with  breeches; 

shoes  and  leggings  may  be  worn  by  such  officers.     Authorized   (with- 
out spurs)  for  aviators  on  flying  duty.     (See  par.  120.) 

4.  Breeches,  service,  winter  (par.  426).     (See  26.) 

5.  Canteen,  model  1910,  complete  (par.  432).    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 

6.  Cap,  service,  winter  (par.  439).     (See  10  and  par.  122.) 

7.  Coat,  service,  winter  (par.  450).     (See  21a  and  par.  124.) 

8.  Fourragere,  silk  or  wool   (pars.  458,  459).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  four- 

ragere  is  awarded.     (See  Chap.  VI.) 

9.  Gloves,  gray  (par.  461). 

10.  Hat,  field  (par.  463).    When  prescribed  in  lieu  of  cap.     (See  par.  122.) 
lla.  Haversack,  complete  (par.  464).    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 

lib.  Haversack  and  pack  carrier  (par.  465).    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 

12.  Knot,  sword,  undress    (par.   494).     By  commissioned  officers  when   sword 

is  worn.     (See  par.  131.) 

13.  Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).     (See  3.) 

14.  Overcoat  (par.  510).     When  appropriate.     (See  par.  129.) 

15.  Package,  first-aid,  complete   (par.  511).    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 

16.  Pistol  and  holster  (pars.  512,  466).     WThen  prescribed.     (See  par.  119.) 

17.  Puttees,  spiral   (par.  513).     Authorized  for  aviators  when  on  flying  duty. 

(See  par.  120.) 

18.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI).     Optional  when  in  the  field. 

19.  Roll,  blanket.     When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 

20.  Scarf,  field  (par.  518).     When  coat  is  not  worn,  scarf  being  tied  in  four- 

in-hand  knot. 
21a.  Shirt,  flannel  (par.  519).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  field  scarf  being  worn  and  collar  turned  down, 

with  insignia  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V.     (See  par.  12*4.) 
21b.  Shirt,  white   (par.  520).     WTith  cuff  buttons   (par.  429),  and  collar   (par. 

452).     (See   21a.) 

22.  Shoes,   russet    (par.   522).     When   leggings   are   worn,   and   with   trousers. 

(See  par.  130.) 

23.  Slings,  sword,  undress   (par.  525).     With  leather  belt  when  sword  is  pre- 

scribed.    (See  pars.  116,  117.) 

24.  Spurs   and   russet  straps    (par.  527).     When  boots  are  worn;    also,   when 

mounted  with  shoes  and  leggings.    Worn  with  spur-point  down. 

25.  Sword  and  scabbard    (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed.     (See  pars.  131, 

132.) 

26.  Trousers,  service,  winter    (par.  537).     Authorized    (without   boots   or  leg- 

gings) in  lieu  of  breeches  when  appropriate.     (See  par.  133.) 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  17 


107.  SUMMER   SERVICE  UNIFORM    (figs.  — ). 
(All    officers.) 

I.  Aiguillettes,  service    (par.  401.)     By  aides-de-camp  as  prescribed  in  Chap- 

ter V. 
2a.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern   (par.  405).     By  commissioned  officers, 

except  when  web  pistol  belt  is  prescribed;  worn  over  the  coat.     (See 

21  and  pars.  115-119.) 
2b.  Belt,  undress,  warrant  officers    (par.  406.)      By   warrant  officers  and  pay 

clerks,  except  when  web  pistol  belt  is  prescribed;  worn  over  the  coat. 

(See  21  and  pars.  115-119.) 
2c.  Belt,  pistol,  web,  complete   (par.  408).     When  prescribed.     (See  pars.  115, 

119.) 
2d.  Belt,  trousers,  woven   (par.  409).     When  the  coat  is  not  worn.     (See  par. 

115.) 

3.  Boots,  russet,  with  spurs  (pars.  411,  527).    By  mounted  officers  with  breeches; 

shoes  and  leggings  may  be  worn  by  such  officers.    Authorized  (without 
spurs)  for  aviators  on  flying  duty.     (See  par.  120.) 

4.  Breeches,  service,  summer  (par.  425).     (See  24.) 

5.  Canteen,  model  1910,  complete  (par.  432).    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 
6a.  Cap,  garrison  (par.  437).     May  be  prescribed  in  the  Tropics,  at  night  only. 
6b.  Cap,  service,   summer    (par.  438).     When   prescribed  in  lieu  of  field   hat. 

Khaki  cap  cover  may  be  substituted.     (See  par.  122.) 

7.  Coat,  service,  summer  (par.  449).     (See  19  and  par.  124.) 

8.  Fourragere,  silk  or  wool    (pars.  458,  459).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  four- 

ragere  is  awarded.     (See  Chap.  VI.) 

9.  Hat,  field  (par.  463).     (See  6  and  par.  122.) 

lOa.  Haversack,  complete  (par.  464).    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 
lOb.  Haversack  and  pack   carrier    (par.   465).     When   prescribed.      (See  par. 
126.) 

II.  Knot,  sword,  undress  (par.  494).     By  commissioned  officers  when  sword  is 

worn.     (See  par.  131.) 

12.  Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).     (See  3.) 

13.  Package,  first-aid,  complete   (par.  511).     When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 

14.  Pistol  and  holster  (pars.  512,  466).    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  119.) 

15.  Puttees,  spiral    (par.  513).     Authorized  for  aviators  when  on  flying  duty. 

(See  par.  120.) 

16.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI).    Optional  when  in  the  field. 

17.  Roll,  blanket.    When  prescribed.     (See  par.  126.) 

18.  Scarf,  field   (par.  518).     When  coat  is  not  worn,  scarf  being  tied  in  four- 

in-hand  knot. 

19.  Shirt,  flannel  (par.  519).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  field  scarf  being  worn  and  collar  turned  down, 
with  insignia  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V.     (See  par.  124.) 


18  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

107.  SUMMER  SERVICE  UNIFORM  (all  officers)— Continued. 

20.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  522).    When  leggings  are  worn,  and  with  trousers.     (See 

par.  130.) 

21.  Slings,  sword,  undress    (par.  525).     With  leather  belt  when  sword  is  pre- 

scribed.    (See  pars.  116,  117.) 

22.  Spurs  and  russet   straps    (par.  527).     When  boots  are  worn;   also,   when 

mounted,  with  shoes  and  leggings.    Worn  with  spur-point  down. 

23.  Sword  and  scabbard    (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed.     (See  pars.  131, 

132.) 

24.  Trousers,  service,  summer    (par.  536).     Authorized    (without  boots  or  leg- 

gings) in  lieu  of  breeches  when  appropriate.     (See  par.  133.) 

SPECIAL   REGULATIONS    (OFFICERS). 

115.  Belts. — The  various  belts  shall  be  worn  with  the  buckle  at  the  center  of 
the  waist  in  front. 

116.  The  officers'  belt,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (by  commissioned  officers),  and 
the  warrant  officers'  undress  belt  (by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks)  shall  be 
worn  habitually  over  the  blue  undress  and  service  coats  and,  except  when  the 
sword  is  prescribed,  over  the  dress  coat.     When  the  sword  is  prescribed  with 
the  dress,  white  dress,  or  white  undress  uniform,  the  belts  mentioned  shall  be 
worn  underneath  the  coat,  with  slings  and  sword  outside,   shoulder  strap  of 
officers'  belt  being  omitted. 

117.  Slings  \yill  be  worn  only  when  the  sword  is  prescribed,  dress  sword 
slings  being  worn  with  dress  and  white  dress,  and  undress  sword  slings  with 
blue  or  white  undress  and  winter  or  summer  service.     With  the  overcoat,  slings 
and  sword  shall  be  worn  outside. 

118.  When  commissioned  officers  wear  the  belt  over  the  coat,  the  shoulder 
strap  shall  be  attached  by  rings  on  the  left  side  of  belt  at  front  and  rear,  and 
be  carried  under  the  right  shoulder  strap  of  the  coat.     The  strap  to  be  placed 
over  the  left  shoulder  will  not  be  worn  unless  ordered. 

119.  When  the  pistol  is  prescribed,  the  web  pistol  belt  shall  be  worn,  being 
placed  outside  with  the  pistol  slightly  in  front  of  the  right  hip.     On  active 
field  service,  the  web  pistol  belt  shall  be  worn  in  lieu  of  either  belt  mentioned 
in  paragraph  116. 

120.  Boots  (without  spurs),  leggings,  or  spiral  puttees  may  be  worn  by  quali- 
fied naval  aviators  and  warrant  officers  qualified  as  naval  aviation  or  balloon 
pilots,  when  Menially  engaged  in  flying  duty.     (See  par.  5.) 

121.  Breeches. — Dark-blue   breeches   are   prescribed    for   general   officers  and 
permanent  staff  oflicers,  :ind  sky-blue  breeches  for  other  mounted  officers.     (See 
par.   10.)      White  undress  breeches  are  sml homed   to  be  worn  with   white  un- 
dress by  all  officers  when  such  uniform  is  worn  and  ofli< -ers  are  not  on  duty. 

122.  Cap  and  hat. — An  ofiicer  wenrin-  side  ;inns  shall  not  remove  his  cap  or 
hat  ex<-e]»t  indoors.     The  head  strap  or  eord  will  always  be  worn  with  the  field 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  19 

SPECIAL  REGULATIONS  (OFFICERS)— Continued. 

hat,  the  head  strap  being  buckled  at  front  of  hat.     A  rubber  cap  cover   (par. 
454)  may  be  worn  to  protect  the  cap  in  inclement  weather. 

123.  Cape,   raincoat,    and   poncho. — The  cape    (par.   443)    or   raincoat    (par. 
514)   may  be  worn  with  any  uniform  unless'  otherwise  ordered.     The  poncho 
(par.  688)  may  also  be  worn  when  appropriate  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

124.  Coat  and  shirt. — When  the  coat  is  worn,  or  the  flannel  shirt  is  worn 
without  the  coat,  all  buttons  shall  be  fastened.    When  the  flannel  shirt  is  worn 
with  the  coat  the  shirt  collar  shall  not  be  visible,  being  turned  down. 

125.  Gloves.-— Officers  shall  wear  gloves  when  the  sword  is  worn,  except  with 
tiie  summer  service  uniform.     (See  pars.  131,  132.) 

126.  Haversack   and   pack   carrier,   haversack,    and    blanket    roll. — With    the 
service  uniforms  the  commanding  officer  may  prescribe  the  haversack  or  the 
blanket  roll,  or  both,  or  the  haversack  and  pack  carrier,  and  such  equipment 
will  embody  the  articles  necessary  to  the  duty  for  which  prescribed.    When  the 
haversack  or  the  haversack  and  pack  carrier  is  worn,  the  pistol  belt,  with  or 
without  suspenders,  respectively,  is  prescribed,  the  canteen  and  first-aid  pack- 
age being  worn  with  such  belt  if  required. 

127.  Leggings  shall  not  be   worn  with  dress  unless  actually  mounted,  nor 
with  blue  undress  unless  actually  mounted  or  forming  part  of  a  landing  force 
on  actual  field  service. 

128.  Leggings  shall  not  be  worn  with  white  trousers.    When  prescribed  with 
dress  trousers,  in  accordance  with  paragraph  127,  the  trousers  shall  be  folded 
from  underneath  over  the  outside  of  the  leg,  with  as  little  fullness  at  the  knees 
as  practicable. 

129.  Overcoat.— When  in  line  with  troops  the  overcoat  shall  be  worn  buttoned 
close  up  to  the  neck. 

130.  Shoes. — Officers  shall  not  wear  patent-leather  or  enameled -leather  shoes 
when  on  duty  in  line  with  troops. 

131.  Sword. — The  sword  may  be  dispensed  with  by  order  of  the  commanding 
officer.     When  worn  it  shall  be  outside  all  coats  and  the  overcoat,  as  indicated 
in  paragraphs  116,  117,  being  hooked  up,  with  the  hilt  inclined  to  the  rear  and 
the  slings  outside  the  scabbard.     When  mounted  it  shall  be  worn  imhooKed. 
The  dress  or  undress  sword  knot,  as  appropriate,  shall  always  be  worn  with  the 
sword  by  commissioned  officers. 

132.  The  officer  of  the  day,  the  officer  of  the  guard,  and  officers  on  duty  in 
line  with  troops  under  arms  shall  wear  the  sword  unless  otherwise  prescribed. 
An  officer  detailed  to  place  another  officer  in  arrest  shall  wear  the  sword. 

133.  Trousers. — Dark-blue  trousers  are  prescribed  for  general  officers,  perma- 
nent staff  officers,  quartermaster  clerks,  and  pay  clerks,  and  sky-blue  trousers 
for  other  officers  and  marine  gunners,  except  that  with  the  evening  dress  uni- 
form for  commissioned  officers  dark-blue  trousers  are  worn  by  both  line  and 
staff.     (See  par.  10.)     Winter  and  summer  service  trousers  are  authorized  to 
be  worn  with  the  respective  service  uniforms  when  appropriate. 


20  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

ENLISTED  MEN. 
150.  The  uniforms  for  enlisted  men  shall  be  as  follows : 

151.  DRESS  UNIFORM  (tigs.  — ). 
(Enlisted  men.) 

1.  Arms,  accouterments,  etc.     (See  par.  156.) 

2a.  Cap,  dress  (par.  623).  Worn  with  blue  trousers  unless  white  cap  is  pre- 
scribed. (See  par.  165.) 

2b.  Cap,  white  (par.  629).  Worn  with  white  trousers  and  may  be  prescribed 
with  blue  trousers.  (See  par.  165.) 

3.  Coat,  dress  (par.  646).     (See  par.  167.) 

4.  Decorations,  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,   and  qualification  badges.    (Chap. 

VI). 

5.  Fourragere,  wool    (par.  659&).     Worn  by  those  to  whom   awarded.      (See 

Chap.  VI.) 
6a.  Gloves,  cotton  (white)   (par.  661a).     Worn  when  under  arms,  except  with 

overcoat.      May    be   dispensed   with    at   drills   and    exercises   and   on 

marches,  by  order  of  the  commanding  officer.     (See  par.  170.) 
6b.  Gloves,1  leather,  dress    (par.  661&).     Worn  with  overcoat.      (See  6a  and 

par.  170.) 

7.  Overcoat  (par.  684).     When  appropriate.     (See  pars.  161,  167.) 

8.  Shoes,2  russet  (par.  694&). 

9a.  Trousers,  dress  (pars.  705,  706).     (See  9&.) 

9b.  Trousers,  white  (par.  711).     May  be  prescribed.     (See  par.  174.) 

152.  BLUE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM    (figs.  — ). 
(Enlisted  men.) 

1.  Arms,  accouterments,  etc.     (See  par.  156.) 

2a.  Cap,  dress  (par.  623).  Worn  with  blue  trousers  unless  white  cap  is  pre- 
scribed. (See  par.  165.) 

2b.  Cap,  white  (par.  629).  Worn  with  white  trousers  and  may  be  prescribed 
with  blue  trousers.  (See  par.  165.) 

3.  Coat,  dress  (par.  646).     (See  par.  167.) 

5.  Fourragere,  wool  (par.  659b).  Worn  by  those  to  whom  awarded.  (See 
Chap.  VI.) 

5a.  Gloves,  cotton  (white)  (par.  661o).  Worn  when  under  arms,  except  with 
overcoat.  May  be  dispensed  witli  at  drills  and  exorcises  and  on 
marches,  by  order  of  the  commanding  officer.  (See  par.  170.) 

1  Woolen  gloves  will  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 

•  Black  shoes  will  be  issued  to  marine  detachments  on  board  ship  and  at  Peking,  China, 
for  wear  with  the  dress  and  blue  undress  uniforms  until  no  longer  available. 


.    UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  21 

152.  BLUE  TTNDKESS  UNIFORM  (enlisted  men)— Continued. 

5b.  Gloves,3  leather,  dress    (par.  6616).     Worn  with  overcoat.      (See  5a  and 
par.  170.) 

6.  Leggings,   canvas    (par.  677).     Only  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  174.     (See 

par.  173.) 

7.  Overcoat  (par.  684).     When  appropriate.     (See  pars.  161,  167.) 

8.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI). 

9.  Shoes,4  russet  (par.  6946). 

lOa.  Trousers,  dress  (pars.  705,  706).     (See  106.) 

lOb.  Trousers,  white  (par.  711).     May  be  prescribed.     (See  par.  174.) 

153.  WINTER   SERVICE   UNIFORM    (figs.  — ). 
(Enlisted    men.) 

1.  Arms,  accouterments,  etc.     (See  par.  156.) 

2.  Belt,  trousers,  woven  (par.  617).    When  coat  is  not  worn.     (See  par.  161.) 

3.  Cap,   service,  winter    (par.  627).     Worn   at  all  times  except  on  campaign 

service.     (See  7  and  par.  165.) 

4.  Coat,  service,  winter  (par.  653).     (See  12  and  par.  167.) 

5.  Fourragere,   wool    (par.  6596).     Worn  by   those   to  whom  awarded.      (See 

Chap.  VI.) 

6.  Gloves,3  leather,  dress  (par.  6616).     (See  par.  170.) 

7.  Hat,  field  (par.  662).     Worn  on  campaign  service  only,  in  lieu  of  cap.     (See 

par.  165.) 

8.  Leggings,  canvas  (par.  677).     (See  pars.  172,  173,  175.) 

9.  Overcoat  (par.  684).    When  appropriate.     (See  par.  167.) 

10.  Puttees,  spiral   (par.  689).     Authorized  for  aviators  when  on  flying  duty. 

(See  par.  172.) 

11.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI).    Optional  when  in  the  field. 

12.  Shirt,  flannel   (par.  693).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  the  collar  being  turned  down.     (See  par.  167.) 

13.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  6946). 

14.  Trousers,  service,  winter  (par.  710). 

154.  SUMMER  SERVICE  UNIFORM   (tigs.  — ). 
(Enlisted  men.) 

1.  Arms,  accouterments,  etc.     (See  par.  156.) 

2.  Belt,  trousers,  woven  (par.  617).    When  coat  is  not  worn.     (See  par.  1(51.) 
3a.  Cap,  garrison  (par.  625).    May  be  prescribed  in  the  Tropics,  at  night  only. 

3  See  footnote  1  on  p.  20. 
*  See  footnote  2  on  p.  20. 


22  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

154.  SUMMER  SERVICE  UNIFORM   (enlisted  men)— Continued. 

3b.  Cap,  service,  summer  (par.  626).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  hat,  except 
on  campaign  service.     (See  par.  165.) 

4.  Coat,  service,  summer  (par.  652).     (See  10  and  par.  167.) 

5.  Fourragere,  wool    (par.  659&).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  awarded.      (See 

Chap.  VI.) 

6.  Hat,  field  (par.  662).    Worn  on  campaign  service.    Worn  at  other  times  un- 

less cap  is  prescribed.     ( See  par.  165. ) 

7.  leggings,  canvas  (par.  677).     (See  pars.  172,  173,  175.) 

8.  Puttees,  spiral    (par.  689).     Authorized  for  aviators  when  on  flying,  duty. 

(See  par.  172.) 

9.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI).    Optional  when  in  the  field. 

10.  Shirt,  flannel  (par.  693).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  the  collar  being  turned  down.     (See  par.  167.) 

11.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  694&). 

12.  Trousers,  service,  summer  (par.  709). 

155.  The  following  articles  of  equipment  may  be  prescribed  as  indicated : 

156.  ARMS,  ACCOUTERMENTS,  ETC. 
(Enlisted  men.) 

1.  Bayonet  and  scabbard  (par.  690a).     (See  pars.  171, 177.) 

2a.  Belt,  dress,  noncommissioned  staff    (par.  610).     By  noncommissioned   staff 

officers,  with  dress  and  blue  undress  only.     (See  pars.  161-164.) 
2b.  Belt,  dress   (par.  612).     By  all  enlisted  men  except  noncommissioned  staff 

officers,  with  dress  and  bine  undress  only.     (See  pars.  161-164.) 
3a.  Belt,  undress,  noncommissioned  staff  (par.  613).    By  noncommissioned  staff 

officers.     (See  pars.  161-164.) 
3b.  Belt,  russet   (par.  614).    By  all  enlisted  men  except  noncommissioned  staff 

officers.     ( See  pars.  161-164. ) 
4a.  Belt,  pistol,  web    (par.  615).     As  prescribed,  for  men  armed  with  pistol. 

Worn  with  suspenders  when  noncommissioned  staff  haversack  is  car- 
ried.    (Scv  pars.  161,  171.) 
4b.  Belt,  cartridge,  rifle   (par.  616).     As  prescribed,  for  men  armed  with  rifle. 

fS«-«.  pars.  161,  171.) 

5.  Canteen,  model  1910,  complete  (par.  622).     (See  par.  171.) 

6.  Drum  ( par.  <;r>7  ) .     By  drummer  when  prescribed.     (See  15.) 
7a.  Haversack  and  pack  carrier  (par.  663).     (See  par.  171.) 

7b.  Haversack,  noncommissioned  staff,  complete   (par.  r.t',4).      (See  par.  171.) 
8.  Knife,  Hospital  Corps   (par.  676).     By  hospital  corpsmen  when  prescribed. 
(See  par.  8.) 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  23 

156.  ARMS,  ACCOTTTERMENTS,  ETC.  (enlisted  men)— Continued. 

9.  Package,  first-aid,  complete  (par.  685).     (See  par.  171.) 

10.  Pistol  and  holster  (par.  687).    As  prescribed  in  paragraphs  163,  176. 

11.  Rifle  (par.  690).    As  prescribed  in  paragraph  177. 

12.  Roll,  blanket.     (See  par.  171.) 

13.  Shotgun  (par.  695).    May  be  prescribed  when  appropriate. 

14a.  Slings,  color,  dress    (par.  696a).    When  slings  are  prescribed  for  color 

bearer  and  dress  belt  is  worn. 
14b.  Slings,   color,   field    (par.   6966).    When   slings   are  prescribed   for  color 

bearer  and  russet,  pistol,  or  rifle  cartridge  belt  is  worn. 
15a.  Slings,  drum,  dress    (par.  657&).    With  drum  when  dress  belt  is  worn. 

(See  6.) 
15b.  Slings,  drum,  field   (par.  657c).    With  drum  when  russet,  pistol,  or  rifle 

cartridge  belt  is  worn.     (See  6.) 
16a.  Slings,  trumpet,  dress  (par.  712d).    With  trumpet  when  dress  belt  is  worn. 

(See  21.) 
16b.    Slings,  trumpet,  field  (par.  712e).    With  trumpet  when  russet,  pistol,  or 

rifle  cartridge  belt  is  worn.     (See  21.) 

17.  Spurs  and  russet  straps  (par.  698).    Worn  when  mounted,  with  spur-point 

down. 

18.  Stick,  night  (par.  699).    May  be  prescribed  for  men  on  guard  duty  when 

appropriate. 

19a.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  702,  702a).  By  noncommissioned  staff  officers, 
as  prescribed  in  paragraph  178. 

19b.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  702,  702&).  By  first  sergeants,  gunnery  ser- 
geants, and  sergeants,  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  178. 

20.  Tools,  intrenching  (with  carriers)    (par.  704). 

21.  Trumpet   (par.  712).    By  trumpeter  when  prescribed.     Trumpet  banner  to 

be  suspended  from  trumpet  at  all  times.     (See  16.) 

SPECIAL  REGULATIONS   (ENLISTED  MEN). 

160.  The  components  are  enumerated  under  various  articles  in  Chapter  VIII 
in  order  to  show  the  composition  of  the  articles  when  complete,  but  when  such 
articles  are  worn  they  will  include  only  those  components  which  are  appro- 
priate. 

161.  Belts. — When  on  duty  enlisted  men  shall  wear  the  dress,  russet,  pistol, 
or  rifle  cartridge  belt  as  may  be  prescribed.    The  russet  belt  shall  be  worn 
over  the  winter  and  summer  service  coats  when  on  liberty,  at  drills  when 
packs  are  not  worn,  at  ceremonies,  and  upon  all  other  occasions  when  service 
uniforms  are  worn  and  the  web  belt  is  not  prescribed.    The  russet  belt  shall  also 
be  worn  with  the  blue  uniform  when  on  liberty.     The  rifle  cartridge  belt 
shall  be  worn  in  the  field  by  men  armed  with  the  rifle.     When  arms  are  carried, 
the  belts  mentioned  shall  be  worn  over  the  coats  and  the  overcoat,  with  the 
waist*"plate  or  buckle  at  the  center  of  the  waist  in  front.    The  dress  belt,  how- 

106429°— 22 3 


24  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

SPECIAL  REGULATIONS    (ENLISTED   MEN) — Continued. 

ever,  will  not  be  prescribed  when  the  overcoat  is  worn.  When  the  pistol  or  rifle 
cartridge  belt  is  prescribed  and  the  overcoat  is  worn,  the  belt  shall  be  worn 
outside. 

162.  When  the  sword  and  pistol  are  worn  with  the  russet  belt,  the  undress 
belt  for  noncommissioned  staff  officers  shall  include  russet  slings  and  slide,  the 
holster,  and  cartridge  box,  and  the  belt  for  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants, 
and  sergeants  shall  include  the  russet  sword  frog  and  slide,  the  holster,  and 
cartridge  box. 

163.  When  the  sword  alone  is  worn  by  noncommissioned  staff  officers,  the 
dress  or  undress  belt  shall  include  slings  only.     Slings  shall  not  be  worn  unless 
the  sword  is  worn.     When  the  sword  alone  is  worn  by  first  sergeants,  gunnery 
sergeants,  and  sergeants,  the  dress  or  russet  belt  shall  include  the  appropriate 
sword  frog  only.     When  the  pistol  alone  is  worn  with  the  russet  belt,  the  belt 
shall  include  the  slide,  the  holster,  and  cartridge  box,  the  pistol  being  placed 
slightly  in  front  of  the  right  hip  and  the  cartridge  box  just  to  the  right  of  the 
buckle. 

164.  When  not  under  arms,  the  slide  for  pistol  holster  and  bayonet  scabbard 
shall  not  be  worn  with  the  dress  or  russet  belt  by  men  ordinarily  armed  with 
the  pistol  or  rifle. 

165.  Cap-  and  hat. — Enlisted  men  wearing  side  arms  shall  not  remove  their 
caps  or  hats  except  indoors.     The  head  strap  will  always  be  worn  with  the 
field  hat,  being  buckled  at  front  of  hat. 

166.  Clothes,  rain   (par.  644),  or  the  poncho   (par.  688)   may  be  worn  when 
appropriate,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

167.  Coat,  overcoat,  and  shirt. — When  the  coat  or  overcoat  is  worn,  or  the 
shirt  is  worn  without  the  coat,  all  buttons  shall  be  fastened.     When  the  coat  is 
worn,  the  shirt  collar  shall  not  be  visible,  being  turned  down.     Hooks  below  the 
bottom  button  or  elsewhere  shall  not  be  added  to  the  coat  by  enlisted  men. 
When  marching,  the  skirt  of  the  overcoat  may  be  buttoned  back,  unless  other- 
wise ordered. 

168.  Coats  for  chauffeurs  and  motor-cycle  drivers  (pars.  645  and  648,  respec- 
tively) are  authorized  for  wear  by  such  enlisted  men  when  they  are  actually 
engaged  in  driving  motor  vehicles. 

169.  Gauntlets,  horsehide  (par.  660),  may  be  worn  by  chauffeurs  and  motor- 
cycle orderlies  while  actually  operating  Marine  Corps  motor  vehicles. 

170.  Gloves. — Noncommissioned  officers  shall  wear  gloves  when  the  sword  is 
worn,  except  with  the  summer  service  uniform.     (See  par.  178.) 

171.  Haversack  and  pack  carrier,  noncommissioned  staff  haversack,  and  blanket 
roll. — With  the   service  uniforms  the  commanding  officer   may   prescribe  the 
haversack  and  pack  carrier  or  the  blanket  roll,  for  all  enlisted  men,  including 
noncommissioned  staff  officers,  or  for  the  latter  may  prescribe  the  noncom- 
missioned staff  haversack,  and  such  equipment  will  embody  the  articles  neces- 
sary to  the  duty  for  which  prescribed.    The  pistol  belt  (with  suspenders)  will 
be  worn  with  the  noncommissioned  staff  haversack,  and  the  pistol  belt  (without 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  25 

SPECIAL  REGULATIONS    (ENLISTED  MEN)— Continued. 

suspenders)  or  the  rifle  cartridge  belt,  with  the  haversack  and  pack  carrier, 
the  canteen  and  first-aid  package  being  worn  with  either  belt.  When  the  rifle 
cartridge  belt  is  worn  without  the  haversack  and  pack  carrier  by  men  armed 
with  the  rifle,  the  bayonet  scabbard  will  be  attached  to  such  belt,  but  when 
the  haversack  and  pack  carrier  is  also  worn,  the  bayonet  scabbard  will  be 
attached  to  the  haversack. 

172.  Leggings  or  spiral  puttees  may  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  qualified  as 
naval  aviation  or  balloon  pilots,  when  actually  engaged  in  flying  duty.     (See 
par.  5.) 

173.  When  leggings  are  worn  by  other  enlisted  men,  the  trousers  shall  be 
folded  from  underneath  over  the  outside  of  the  leg,  with  as  little  fullness  at 
the  knees  as  practicable. 

174.  Leggings  shall  not  be  prescribed  for  enlisted  men  with  dress,  nor  be 
prescribed  with  blue  undress  unless  constituting  a  landing  force  on  actual  field 
service.     Leggings  shall  not  be  worn  with  white  trousers. 

175.  Unless  otherwise  ordered,  enlisted  men  assigned  to  clerical  or  other 
office  duty  may  dispense  with  leggings  when  actually  at  work  in  offices.     Leg- 
gings may  also  be  omitted  in  barracks  or  living  quarters. 

176.  Pistol. — Sergeants  major,  quartermaster  sergeants,  drummers  and  trump- 
eters, and,  when  in  charge  of  troops,  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants,  and 
sergeants  shall  wear  the  pistol  and  holster  as  prescribed,  same  being  placed 
slightly  in  front  of  the  right  hip.     When  necessary  the  pistol  with  holster 
may  also  be  prescribed  for  other  enlisted  men  on  special  duty.     (See  p:u-s. 
161-164.) 

177.  Rifle  and  bayonet. — Corporals,  lance  corporals,  first-class  privates,  ;r.vl 
privates  shall  be  armed  with  the  rifle  and  bayonet.     When  not  in  charge  of 
troops,  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants,  and  sergeants  shall  also  be  armed 
with  the  rifle  and  bayonet.     (See  pars.  171,  178.) 

178.  Sword.— When    worn,    the   sword    shall    be   outside    all    coats    and    the 
overcoat.     Sergeants  major  and  quartermaster  sergeants  shall  wear  the  sword 
hooked  up,  with  hilt  inclined  to  the  rear  and   slings  outside  the   scabbard. 
When  in  charge  of  troops,  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants,  and  sergeants 
shall  wear  the  sword,  scabbard  being  attached  to  the  dress  or  russet  belt  by 
means  of  a  sword  frog,  but  the  sword  maybe  dispensed  with  in  the  field  in  the 
discretion  of  the  commanding  officer.     When  not  in  charge  of  troops,  first  ser- 
geants, gunnery  sergeants,  and  sergeants  shall  be  armed  and  equipped  in  the 
same  manner  as  corporals  and  privates.     (See  pars.  162,  163,  177.) 

MARINE  BAND. 

180.  The  various  articles  of  uniform  shall  be  worn  by  the  leader  and  by 
the  second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians  of  the  Marine  Band,  in  the  same 
manner  generally  as  similar  articles  arc  worn  by  officers  and  enlisted  men, 
respectively,  of  the  Marine  Corps.  The  uniforms  for  the  leader,  Marine  Band, 
shall  be  as  follows  (see  par.  50)  : 


26  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

181.  SPECIAL  FULL-DRESS  UNIFOBM  (tig.  — ). 
(Leader.) 

1.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (par,  400).     (See  Chap.  V.) 

2.  Baton  (par.  404). 

3.  Belt,  sword,  full-dress  (par.  407).     Worn   (without  slings)  over  the  coat. 

4.  Cap,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  436).     (See  par.  122.) 

5.  Cape,  rain  (par.  443).    May  be  prescribed. 

6.  Cloak  (par.  446).    May  be  prescribed. 

7.  Coat,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  448). 

S.  Decorations,  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification  badges    (Chap. 
VI). 

9.  Gloves,  white  (par.  462).    Kid,  leather,  or  lisle  (as  appropriate). 

10.  Knots,  shoulder  (par.. 492).     (See  Chap.  V.) 

11.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).    With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 

12.  'Shoes,  black  (par.  521). 

13.  Socks,  black  (par.  526). 

14.  Trousers,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  535). 

182.  FULL-DRESS  UNIFORM   (tig.  — ). 
( Leader. ) 

1.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (par.  400).     (See  Chap.  V.) 

2.  Baton  (par.  404). 

3.  Belt,  sword,  full-dress  (par.  407).    Worn  over  the  coat.     (See  14.) 

4.  Cap,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  436).     (See  par.  122.) 

5.  Cape,  rain  (par.  443).    May  be  prescribed. 

6.  Cloak  (par.  446).    May  be  prescribed  except  when  in  line  with  troops. 

7.  Coat,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  448). 

8.  Decorations,  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification  badges    (Chap. 

VI). 

9.  Gloves,  white  (par.  462).     Kid,  leather,  or  lisle  (as  appropriate). 

10.  Knots,  shoulder  (par.  492).     (See  Chap.  V.) 

11.  Knot,  sword,  dress  (par.  493).    When  sword  is  worn. 

12.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).     With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 

13.  Shoes,  black  (par.  521). 

14.  Slings,  sword,  full-dress  (par.  407).    With  belt  when  sword  is  prescribed. 

15.  Socks,  black  (par.  526). 

16.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  529,  517). 

17.  Trousers,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  535). 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE  CORPS,  1922.  27 


183.  DRESS  UNIFORM    (fig.  — ). 

(Leader.) 

1.  Baton  (par.  404).  <    , 

2.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).     (See  13  and  pars.  115-118.) 

3.  Cap,  dress  (par.  435).     (See  par.  122.) 

4.  Cape,  rain  (par.  443).     May  be  prescribed. 

5.  Cloak    (par.   446).     May   be   prescribed   except   when   in   line   with    troops. 

(See  10.) 

6.  Coat,  dress  (par.  447). 

7.  Decorations,  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification  badges    (Cb.ap. 

VI.) 

8a.  Gloves,  gray  (par.  461).     With  overcoat  and  when  mounted. 
8b.  Gloves,  white   (par.  462).     Kid,  leather,  or  lisle   (as  appropriate),  except 

with  overcoat  and  when  mounted. 

9.  Knot,  sword,  dress  (par.  493).    When  sword  is  worn. 

10.  Overcoat  (par.  510).    When  appropriate.     (See  5.) 

11.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).     With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 

12.  Shoes,  black  (par.  521). 

13.  Slings,  sword,  dress  (par.  524).    With  belt  when  sword  is  prescribed;  worn 

outside  the  coat.  % 

14.  Socks,  black  (par.  526). 

15.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed. 

16.  Trousers,  dress  (par.  532). 

184.  WHITE  DRESS  UNIFORM   (fig.  — .) 
( Leader. ) 

1.  Baton   (par.  404). 

2.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern   (par.  405).     When  sword  is  prescribed; 

worn  under  the  coat,  without  shoulder  strap.     (See  10.) 

3.  Cap,  undress,  white  (par.  442).    White  cap  cover  may  be  substituted.     (See 

par.  122.) 

4.  Coat,  undress,  white   (par.  451). 

5.  Gloves,  white  (par.  462).    Kid,  leather,  or  lisle  (as  appropriate),  when  sword 

is  worn. 

6.  Knot,  sword,  dress  (par.  493).     When  sword  is  worn. 

7.  Miniatures  of  decorations,  medals,  and  expeditionary  ribbon  (Chap.  VI). 

8.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).     With. cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 
9a.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  522).     When  in  line  with  troops  on  shore. 

9b.  Shoes,  white  (par.  523).     Except  when  in  line  with  troops  on  shore. 

10.  Slings,  sword,  dress  (par.  524).     With  belt  when  sword  is  prescribed;  worn 

outside  the  coat. 

11.  Socks  (par.  526).    White  with  white  shoes,  black  with  russet  shoes. 

12.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed. 

13.  Trousers,  undress,  white  (par.  538). 


28  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

185.  BLUE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM   (fig.  — .) 

(Leader.) 

1.  Baton  (par.  404). 

2.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).    Worn  over  the  coat.     (See  12.) 
3a.  Cap,  dress  (par.  435).     (See  3&  and  par.  122.) 

3b.  Cap,  undress,  white  (par.  442).     May  be  prescribed;  white  cap  cover  may 
be  substituted.     (See  par.  122.) 

4.  Cloak    (par.   446).     May  be  prescribed  except   when   in   line   with   troops. 

(See  8.) 

5.  Coat,  dress  (par.  447). 

6a.  Gloves,  gray  (par.  461).     With  overcoat  and  when  mounted. 
6b.  Gloves,  white    (par.  462).     Kid.  leather,  or  lisle   (as  appropriate),  except 
with  overcoat  and  when  mounted. 

7.  Knot,  sword,  undress  (par.  494).     When  sword  is  worn. 

8.  Overcoat   (par.  510).     When  appropriate.     (See  4.) 

9.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and   qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI). 

10.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).     With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  and  collar  (par.  452). 
lla.  Shoes,  black  (par.  521).     With  blue  trousers. 

lib.  Sfroes,  russet   (par.  522).     With  white  trousers  when  in  line  with  troops 

on  shore. 
lie.  Shoes,  white   (par.  523).     With  white  trousers  except  when  in  line  with 

troops  on  shore. 

12.  Slings,  sword,  undress  (par.  525).     WTith  belt  when  sword  is  prescribed. 

13.  Socks  (par.  526).     White  with  white  shoes,  black  with  other  shoes. 

14.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  529,  517).     When  prescribed. 
15a.  Trousers,  dress  (par.  532).     (See  15&.) 

15b.  Trousers,  undress,  white  (par.  538).     May  be  prescribed. 

186.  WHITE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM   (figs.  — ). 

(Leader.) 

1.  Baton  (par.  404). 

2.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern   (par.  405).     When  sword  is  prescribed; 

worn  under  the  coat,  without  shoulder  strap.     (See  12.) 

3.  Breeches,  undress,  white  (par.  427).    May  be  worn  when  not  on  duty.     (See 

8,  15,  and  par.  121.) 

4.  Cap,  undress,  white  (par.  442).     White  cap  cover  may  be  substituted.     (See 

par.  122.) 

5.  Coat,  undress,  white  (par.  451). 

6.  Gloves,  white  (par.  462).    Kid,  leather,  or  lisle  (as  appropriate),  when  sword 

is  worn. 

7.  Knot,  sword,  undress  (par.  494).    When  sword  is  worn. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  29 

186.  WHITE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM  (leader)— Continued. 

8.  leggings,  russet  (par.  496).    When  breeches  are  worn  off  duty. 

9.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI). 

10.  Shirt,  white  (par.  520).    With  cuff  buttons  (par.  429)  and  collar  (par.  452). 
lla.  Shoes,  russet   (par.  522).     When  in  line  with  troops  on  shore  and  when 

leggings  are  worn. 

lib.  Shoes,  white  (par.  523).    Except  when  in  line  with  troops  on  shore  or  when 
leggings  are  worn. 

12.  Slings,  sword,  undress    (par.  525).     With  belt  when  sword  is  prescribed; 

worn  outside  the  coat. 

13.  Socks  (par.  526).    White  with  white  shoes,  black  with  russet  shoes. 

14.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  529,  517).    When  prescribed. 

15.  Trousers,  undress,  white  (par.  538).     (See  3.) 

187.  WINTER   SERVICE  UNIFORM    (figs.  — ). 
(Leader.) 

I.  Baton  (par.  404). 

2a.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).    Worn  over  the  coat.     (See 

16.) 
2b.  Belt,  trousers,  woven  (par.  409).     When  the  coat  is  not  worn. 

3.  Breeches,  service,  winter  (par.  426).     (See  18.) 

4.  Cap,  service,  winter  (par.  439).     (See  8  and  par.  122.) 

5.  Cape,  rain  (par.  443).    May  be  prescribed.     (See  11.) 

6.  Coat,  service,  winter  (par.  450).     (See  14a.) 

7.  Gloves,  gray  (par.  461). 

8.  Hat,  field  (par.  463).    When  prescribed  in  lieu  of  cap. 

9.  Knot,  sword,  undress  (par.  494).    When  sword  is  worn. 

10.  Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).    With  breeches. 

II.  Overcoat  (.par.  510).    When  appropriate.     (See  5.) 

12.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI).    Optional  when  in  the  field. 

13.  Scarf,  field  (par.  518).    When  coat  is  not  worn,  scarf  being  tied  in  four-in- 

hand  knot. 
14a.  Shirt,  flannel  (par.  519).    May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  field  scarf  being  worn  and  collar  turned  down,  with 

insignia  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 
14b.  Shirt,  white   (par.  520).     With  cuff  buttons   (par.  429)    and  collar    (par. 

452).     (Seel4a.) 

15.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  522). 

16.  Slings,  sword,  undress  (par.  525).     With  Sam  Browne  belt  when  sword  is 

prescribed. 

17.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  529,  517).    When  prescribed. 

18.  Trousers,  service,  winter  (par.  537).    Authorized  (without  leggings)  in  lieu 

of  breeches  when  appropriate. 


30  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 


188.  STJMMEK  SERVICE  UNIFORM  (figs.  — ). 

(Leader.) 

I.  Baton  (par.  404). 

2a.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405).    Worn  over  the  coat.     (See 

14.) 
2b.  Belt,  trousers,  woven  (par.  409).     When  the  coat  is  not  worn. 

3.  Breeches,  service,  summer  (par.  425).     (See  16.) 

4.  Cap,   service,    summer    (par.   438).     When   prescribed   in   lieu   of   field   hat. 

Khaki  cap  cover  may  be  substituted.     ( See  par.  122. ) 

5.  Cape,  rain  (par.  443).     May  be  prescribed. 

6.  Coat,  service,  summer  (par.  449).     (See  12.) 

7.  Hat,  field  (par.  463).     (See  4.) 

8.  Knot,  sword,  undress  (par.  494).     When  sword  is  worn. 

9.  Leggings,  russet  (par.  496).     With  breeches. 

10.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI).     Optional  when  in  the  field. 

II.  Scarf,  field  (par.  518).     When  coat  is  not  worn,  scarf  being  tied  in  four-in- 

hand  knot. 

12.  Shirt,  flannel  (par.  519).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  field  scarf  being  worn  and  collar  turned  down, 
with  insignia  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

13.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  522). 

14.  Slings,  sword,  undress   (par.  525).     With  Sam  Browne  belt  when  sword  is 

prescribed. 

15.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  529,  517).    When  prescribed. 

16.  Trousers,  service,  summer  (par.  536).    Authorized  (without  leggings Hn  lieu 

of  breeches  when  appropriate. 

189.  The  uniforms  for  the  second  leader,  drum  major,  and. musicians,  Marine 
Band,  shall  be  as  follows: 

190.  SPECIAL  FULL-DRESS  UNIFORM  (fig.  — .) 
(Second  leader  and  musicians.) 

1.  Cap,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  624). 

2.  Cape,  rain  (par.  631).    May  be  prescribed.     (See  9.) 

3.  Coat,  special  full-dress  (pars.  654,  655). 

4.  Collar,  white  (par.  656).    To  show  not  to  exceed  one-fourth  inch  above  coat 

collar. 

I.  Decorations,  medals,   expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification  badges    (Chap. 
VI). 

6.  Fourragere,  wool  (par.  6596).    Worn  by  those  to  whom  awarded.     (See  Chap. 

VI.) 

7.  Gloves,  cotton  (white)   (par.  661o). 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  31 

190.  SPECIAL  FULL-DRESS  TJNIFOBM  (second  leader  and  musicians)— Contd. 

8.  Instruments,  band  (par.  675). 

9.  Overcoat  (par.  684).    When  appropriate.     (See  2.) 

10.  Shoes,  russet5  (par.  6946). 

11.  Slings,  drum,  dress  (par.  6576).    With  drums  when  required. 

12.  Trousers,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress    (par.  707). 


191.  FULL-DRESS  UNIFORM    (fig.  — .) 
(Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians.) 

1.  Aignillettes   (pars.  649a,  651a).     Second  leader  and  musicians  only.     (See 

Chap.  V.) 

2.  Baton,  drum  major  (par.  608).     Drum  major  only. 

3.  Belt,  dress  (pars.  611,  612).    Worn  over  the  coat. 

4a.  Cap,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (par.  624).     (See  4&.) 
4b.  Cap,  white  (par.  630).     Worn  with  white  trousers. 

5.  Cape,  rain   (par.  631).    May  be  prescribed.     (See  13.) 

6.  Coat,  full-dress  (pars.  649-651). 

7.  Collar,  white  (par.  656).    To  show  not  to  exceed  one-fourth  inch  above  coat 

collar. 

8.  Decorations,  medals,   expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification  badges    (Chap. 

VI). 

9.  Fourragere,  wool   (par.  6596).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  awarded.      (See 

Chap.  VI.) 

10.  Gloves,  cotton  (white)   (par.  6610). 

11.  Instruments,  band  (par.  675). 

12.  Knots,  shoulder  (pars.  649eZ,  651<Z).     Second  leader  and  musicians  only. 

13.  Overcoat  (par.  684).    When  appropriate.     (See  5.) 

14.  Shoes,6  russet  (par.  6946). 

15.  Slings,  drum,  dress  (par.  6576).    With  drums  when  required. 

16.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  702,  7026).    Drum  major  only,  when  prescribed. 
17a.  Trousers,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (pars.  707,  708).     (See  176.) 
17b.  Trousers,  white  (par.  711).    May  be  prescribed. 

192.  DBESS  TJNIFOBM   (fig.  — ). 
(Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians.) 

1.  Baton,  drum  major  (par.  608).    Drum  major  only. 
2a.  Belt,  dress  (pars.  611,  612).    When  on  duty;  worn  over  the  coat. 
2b.  Belt,  russet  (par.  614).     Worn  over  the  coat  when  dress  belt  is  not  pre- 
scribed. 

3.  Cap,  dress  (par.  623). 

4.  Cape,  rain  (par.  631).     May  be  prescribed. 

5.  Coat,  dress  (pars.  646,  647). 

B  Black  shoes  will  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 


32  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

192.  DRESS  UNIFORM   (second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians) — Contd. 

6.  Collar,  white  (par.  656).    To  show  not  to  exceed  one-fourth  inch  above  coat 

collar. 

7.  Decorations,     medals,     expeditionary     ribbon,     and     qualification     badges 

(Chap.  VI). 

8.  Fourragere,  wool    (par.   6596).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  awarded.      (See 

Chap.  VI.) 

9a.  Gloves,  cotton  (white)  (par.  661a).     (See  96.) 
9b.  Gloves,6  leather,  dress  (par.  6616).    May  be  prescribed  with  overcoat. 

10.  Instruments,  band  (par.  675). 

11.  Overcoat  (par.  684).    When  appropriate.     (See  4.) 

12.  Shoes,7  russet  (par.  6946). 

13.  Slings,  drum,  dress  (par.  6576).    With  drums  when  required. 

14.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  702,  7026).    Drum  major  only,  when  prescribed. 

15.  Trousers,  dress  (pars.  707,  708). 

193.  BLUE  UNDRESS  UNIFORM  (fig.  — ). 
(Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians.) 

1.  Baton,  drum  major  (par.  608).     Drum  major  only. 

2a.  Belt,  dress  (pars.  611,  612).     When  on  duty;  worn  over  the  coat. 

2b.  Belt,  russet  (par.  614).  Worn  over  the  coat  when  dress  belt  is  not  pre- 
scribed. 

3a.  Cap,  dress  (par.  623).     (See  36.) 

3b.  Cap,  white  (par.  630).  May  be  prescribed  and  shall  be  worn  with  white 
trousers. 

4.  Cape,  rain  (par.  631).     May  be  prescribed.     (See  10.) 

5.  Coat,  dress  (pars.  646,  647). 

6.  Collar,  white  (par.  656).    To  show  not  to  exceed  one-fourth  inch  above  coar 

collar. 

7.  Fourragere,  wool  (par.  6596).  Worn  by  those  to  whom  awarded.     (See  Chap. 

VI.) 

8a.  Gloves,  cotton  (white)   (par.  661a).     (See  86.) 
8b.  Gloves,6  leather,  dress  (par.  6616).    May  be  prescribed  with  overcoat. 

9.  Instruments,  band  (par.  675). 

10.  Overcoat  (par.  684).    When  appropriate.     (See  4.) 

11.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI). 

12.  Shoes,7  russet  (par.  6946). 

13.  Slings,  drum,  dress  (par.  6576).     With  drums  when  required. 

14.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  702,  7026).     Drum  major  only,  when  prescribed. 
15a.  Trousers,  dress  (pars.  707,  708).     (See  156.) 

15b.  Trousers,  white   (par.  711).     May  be  prescribed. 

•  Woolen  gloves  will  be  Issued  until  no  longer  available. 

*  Black  shoes  will  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  33 

194.  WINTER  SERVICE  UNIFORM  (fig.  — ). 
(Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians.) 

I.  Baton,  drum  major  (par.  608).     Drum  major  only. 
2a.  Belt,  russet  (par.  614).     Worn  over  the  coat 

2b.  Belt,  trousers,  woven  (par.  617).     When  coat  is  not  worn. 

3.  Cap,  service,  winter  (par.  627).     (See  8.) 

4.  Cape,  rain  (par.  631).     May  be  prescribed.     (See  11.) 

5.  Coat,  service,  winter  (par.  653).     (See  13.) 

6.  Fourragere,  wool    (par.  659&).     Worn  by  those  to  whom  awarded.      (See 

Chap.  VI.) 

7.  Gloves,8  leather,  dress  (par.  661b). 

8.  Hat,  field  (par.  662).    When  prescribed  in  lieu  of  cap. 

9.  Instruments,  band  (par.  675). 

10.  Leggings,  canvas   (par.  677). 

II.  Overcoat  (par.  684).     May  be  prescribed.     (See  4.) 

12.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI). 

13.  Shirt,  flannel  (par.  693).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  the  collar  being  turned  down. 

14.  Shoes,6  russet  (par694&). 

15.  Slings,  drum,  field   (par.  657c).     With  drums  when  required. 

16.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  702,  7026).     Drum  major  only,  when  prescribed. 

17.  Trousers,  service,  winter  (par.  710). 

195.  SUMMER  SERVICE  UNIFORM   (fig.  — .) 
(Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians.) 

1.  Baton,  drum  major  (par.  608).     Drum  major  only. 

2a.  Belt,  russet  (par.  614).     Worn  over  the  coat. 

2b.  Belt,  trousers,  woven  (par.  617).     When  coat  is  not  worn. 

3.  Cap,  service,  summer  (par.  626).     When  prescribed  in  lieu  of  hat. 

I.  Cape,  rain   (par.  631).     May  be  prescribed. 

5.  Coat,  service,  summer  (par.  652).     (See  11.) 

6.  Fourragere,  wool    (par.   659?)).    Worn   by   those   to  whom  awarded.     (See 

chap.  VI.) 

7.  Hat,  field  (par.  662).     (See  3.) 

8.  Instruments,  band  (par.  675). 

9.  Leggings,  canvas  (par.  677). 

10.  Ribbons  of  decorations  and  medals,  expeditionary  ribbon  and  qualification 

badges  (Chap.  VI). 

•  Woolen  gloves  will  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 


34  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

195.  SUMMER  SERVICE  UNIFORM  (second  leader,  drum  major,  etc.)—  Contd. 

11.  Shirt,  flannel  (par.  693).     May  be  prescribed  in  lieu  of  coat  in  field  or  at 

drills  and  exercises,  the  collar  being  turned  down. 

12.  Shoes,  russet  (par.  694&). 

13.  Slings,  drum,  field  (par.  657c).     With  drums  when  required. 

14.  Sword  and  scabbard  (pars.  702,  702&).     Drum  major  only,  when  prescribed. 

15.  Trousers,  service,  summer   (par.  709). 


CHAPTER  IV. 
OCCASIONS  ON  WHICH  EACH  UNIFORM  IS  TO  BE  WORN. 

200.  When  on  duty,  or  attending  ceremonies  or  social  functions  in  an  official 
capacity,  officers  shall  wear  the  uniform  prescribed  for  the  occasion  or  as  or- 
dered by  the  senior  officer  present. 

201.  Dress  or  blue  undress  (with  black  shoes)  may  be  prescribed  for  officers 
at  all  posts  on  social  occasions  and  when  not  in  line  with  troops. 

202.  Dress  or  blue  undress  is  prescribed  as  the  uniform  for  enlisted  men  on 
recruiting  duty,  and  as  the  winter  uniform  for  enlisted  men  of  marine  detach- 
ments serving  on  board  vessels  of  the  Navy.    This  uniform  shall  also  be  worn 
by  enlisted  men  on  liberty  and  on  social  occasions  at  shore  stations  within  and 
without  the  United  States,  where  climatic  conditions  permit. 

203.  Winter  service  is  prescribed  as  the  duty  uniform  at  all  posts  within  and 
without  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States  during  the  period  of  the 
year  when  heavy  clothing  is  necessary.    This  uniform  shall  not  be  worn  by  en- 
listed men  on  liberty  or  furlough,  unless  on  expeditionary  duty  where  the  blue 
uniform  is  not  carried. 

204.  Summer  service  is  prescribed  as  the  duty  uniform  at  all  posts  within 
and  without  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States  during  the  period  of 
the  year  when  light  clothing  is  necessary,  and  as  the  summer  uniform  for 
enlisted  men  of  marine  detachments  serving  on  board  vessels  of  the  Navy. 
This  uniform  shall  also  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  on  liberty  and  on  social 
occasions  at  shore  stations  within  and  without  the  United  States,  where  cli- 
matic conditions  do  not  permit  the  wearing  of  dress  or  blue  undress. 

NOTE. — Additional  regulations  covering  the  subject  matter  of  this  chapter  will  be  pub- 
lished to  the  service  at  a  later  date. 

35 


36  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  37 


38  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.  S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 


CHAPTEK  V. 
INSIGNIA,  CHEVRONS,  ETC. 

COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS,  WARRANT  OFFICERS,  AND  PAY 

CLERKS. 

INSIGNIA  OF  RANK,  ETC. 

250.  Commissioned  officers. — Officers  shall  wear  the  insignia  of  rank  on  the 
shoulder  straps  of  all  coats,  the  overcoat  and,  if  provided  with  shoulder  straps, 
the  raincoat ;  on  the  shoulder  knots  of  the  evening  dress  jacket ;  on  the  collar 
of  the  flannel  shirt  when  worn  without  the  coat ;  and  on  the  garrison  cap. 

251.  On  the  coats,  overcoat,  and  raincoat,   the  insignia   of  rank   shall   be 
placed  on  the  center  line  of  each  shoulder  strap,  field  and  company  officers 
wearing  the  insignia  with  the  outer  edge  three-fourths  inch  from  the  shoulder 
seam.     On  the   shoulder  knots  the  insignia  of   rank  shall  be  worn  as  pre- 
scribed in  paragraphs  271,  272. 

252.  When  the  flannel  shirt  is  worn  without  the  coat,  the  small  insignia  shall 
be  worn,  being  centered  on  each  side  of  the  collar  1  inch  from  the  front  edge, 
with  the  collar  turned  down. 

253.  On  the  garrison  cap  the  insignia  shall  be  placed  on  the  right  side,  di- 
rectly opposite  the  cap  ornament.     (See  par.  264.) 

254.  The  Major  General  Commandant  and  major  general  (par.  482). — On  the 
shoulder  strap  the  two  large  stars  shall  be  2f  inches  apart  and  equidistant 
from  each  end,  and  on  the  collar  of  the  flannel  shirt  the  small  stars  shall  be  2 
inches  apart.     On  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder  knot  one  ray  of  each  star 
shall  point  toward  the  collar  end;  on  the  garrison  cap  it  shall  point  toward 
the  top ;  and  on  the  flannel  shirt  toward  the  top  of  the  collar. 

255.  Brigadier  general  (par.  483). — On  the  shoulder  strap  the  star  shall  be 
worn  in  the  center.     On  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder  knot  one  ray  shall 
point  toward  the  collar  end,  on  the  garrison  cap  it  shall  point  toward  the  top, 
and  on  the  flannel  shirt  toward  the  top  of  the  collar. 

256.  Colonel  (par.  484).— On  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder  knot  the  head 
of  the  eagle  shall  be  toward  the  collar  end,  on  the  garrison  cap  it  shall  be 
toward  the  top,  and  on  the  flannel  shirt  toward  the  top  of  the  collar,  with  the 
eagle  in  each  case  facing  the  front. 

257.  Lieutenant  colonel    (par.  485). — On  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder 
knot  the  tip  of  the  leaf  shall  point  toward  the  collar  end,  on  the  garrison  cap 
it  shall  point  toward  the  top,  and  on  the  flannel  shirt  toward  the  top  of  the 
collar. 

106429°— 22 4  39 


40  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

258.  Major  (par.  486). — On  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder  knot  the  tip  of 
the  leaf  shall  point  toward  the  collar  end,  on  the  garrison  cap  it  shall  point 
toward  the  top,  and  on  the  flannel  shirt  toward  the  top  of  the  collar. 

259.  Captain  (par.  487). — The  bars  shall  be  worn  with  the  long  axis  in  a  line 
from  front  to  rear  on  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder  knot,  and  in  a  vertical 
line  on  the  garrison  cap  and  the  collar  of  the  flannel  shirt. 

260.  First  lieutenant  (par.  488). — The  bar  shall  be  worn  with  the  long  axis 
in  a  line  from  front  to  rear  on  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder  knot.,  and  in  a 
vertical  line  on  the  garrison  cap  and  the  collar  of  the  flannel  shirt. 

261.  Second  lieutenant    (par.  489). — The  bar  shall  be  worn  with  the  long 
axis  in  a  line  from  front  to  rear  on  the  shoulder  strap  and  shoulder  knot,  and 
In  a  vertical  line  on  the  garrison  cap  and  the  collar  of  the  flannel  shirt. 

262.  Warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks. — In  lieu  of  insignia  of  rank,  quarter- 
master clerks  and  pay  clerks  shall  wear  the  insignia  of  their  respective  staff  de- 
partments, and  marine  gunners  the  insignia  prescribed  therefor,  on  the  shoulder 
straps  of  the  dress,  undress,  and  service  coats,  the  overcoat,  and,  if  provided  with 
shoulder  straps,  the  raincoat,  also  on  the  collar  of  the  flannel  shirt  when  same 
is  worn  without  the  coat. 

263.  The  insignia  worn  on  the  shoulder  strap  shall  be  placed  on  the  center 
line,  with  the  outer  edge  three-fourths  inch  from  the  shoulder  seam,  the  top 
of  the  respective  staff  insignia,  and  the  tongues  of  flame  in  the  insignia  for 
marine  gunner,  being  toward  the  collar  end.    The  hilt  of  the  sword  of  insignia 
for  the  Paymaster's  Department  shall  point  toward  the  rear,   such  insignia 
being  in  pairs.     The  insignia  worn  on  the  flannel  shirt  shall  be  placed  verti- 
cally on  each  side  of  the  shirt  collar  1  inch  from  the  front  edge,  the  collar 
being  turned  down.     The  insignia  worn  by  warrant  officers  and  pay   clerks 
are  as  follows : 

a.  Marine  gunner. — For  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  the  silver  insignia  pre- 
scribed in  paragraph  477.  and  for  the  service  coats,  overcoat,  raincoat,  and 
flannel  shirt,  the  bronze  insignia  prescribed  in  paragraph  476. 

ft.  Quartermaster  clerk,  Adjutant  and  Inspector's  Department. — Insignia  of 
the  Adjutant  and  Inspector's  Department;  for  the  dress  and  undress  coats, 
the  gold  and  silver  insignia  prescribed  in  paragraph  468,  and  for  the  service 
coats,  overcoat,  raincoat,  and  flannel  shirt,  the  bronze  insignia  prescribed  in 
paragraph  467. 

c.  Quartermaster  clerk.  Quartermaster's  Department. — Insignia  of  the  Quar- 
termaster's Department;  for  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  the  silver  insignia 
prescribed  in  paragraph  473,  and  for  the  service  coats,  overcoat,  raincoat,  and 
flannel  shirt,  the  bronze  insignia  prescribed  in  paragraph  471. 

d.  Pay  clerk,  Paymaster's  Department. — Insignia  of  the  Paymaster's  Depart- 
ment; for  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  the  gold  and  silver  insignia  proscribed 
in  paragraph  470,  and  for  the  service  coats,  overcoat,  raincoat,  and  flannel 
shirt,  the  bronze  insignia  prescribed  in  paragraph  469. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  41 

CAP  AND  HAT  ORNAMENTS. 

264.  All  officers. — The  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament  (par.  507)  shall  be  worn 
on  the  dress  and  undress  caps,  and  the  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament  (par.  506) 
on  the  winter  and  summer  service  caps,  the  garrison  cap,  and  the  field  hat,  be- 
ing worn  on  the  garrison  cap  on  the  left  front  side,  with  the  center  of  the  orna- 
ment 2  inches  from  the  front. 

COLLAR  ORNAMENTS  AND  COLLAR  INSIGNIA. 

265.  Collar  ornaments  (all  officers).— The  collar  ornaments  shall  be  worn  on 
each  coat,  except  the  evening  dress  jacket,  by  all  officers,  being  placed  vertically 
in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar,  with  eagle  facing  toward  the  front,  and 
center  of  ornament  1*  inches  from  the  neck  opening. 

266.  The  gold  and  silver  collar  ornaments  (par.  508)   are  prescribed  for  the 
collars  of  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  and  the  bronze  collar  ornaments  (par. 
509)  are  prescribed  for  the  collars  of  the  winter  and  summer  service  coats. 

267.  Collar  insignia  (commissioned  staff  officers,  and  aides-de-camp  to  general 
officers). — Permanent  staff  officers,   and  officers  detailed  for   duty   in   a   staff 
department  for  a  four-year  period,  shall  wear  the  collar  insignia  of  that  depart- 
ment on  all  coats,  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar  to* 
the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament,  2  inches  center  of  ornament   to  center  of 
insignia.     Officers  serving  with  staff  departments,  but  not  under  a  regular  four- 
year  detail,  are  authorized  to  wear  the  collar  insignia  of  their  respective  depart- 
ments.    ( See  par.  10. ) 

268.  When  detailed  for  duty  as  an  aide-de-camp  to  a  general  officer,  an  officer 
shall  wear  the  prescribed  collar  insignia  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each 
side  of  the  collar  to  the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament,  2  inches  center  of  ornament 
to  center  of  insignia,  with  the  eagle  facing  toward  the  collar  ornament. 

269.  The  gold  and  silver  collar  insignia    (pars.  468,  470,  472,  475)   are  pre- 
scribed for  the  collars  of  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  and  the  bronze  collar 
insignia  (pars.  467,  469,  471,  474)  are  prescribed  for  the  collars  of  the  winter 
and  summer  service  coats.     Collar  insignia  are  not  worn  on  the  flannel  shirt 
by  any  except  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks. 

270.  The  collar  insignia  of  the  Paymaster's  Department  shall  be  worn  with 
the  hilt  of  the  sword  pointing  to  the  rear,  such  insignia  being  in  pairs. 

ORNAMENTS  AND  INSIGNIA  FOR  SHOULDER  KNOTS. 

271.  Commissioned  officers. — The  shoulder  knots  worn  with  the  evening  dress 
jacket  shall  have  the  following  placed  thereon :  In  the  case  of  line  officers,  the 
gold  and  silver  ornaments  prescribed  in  paragraph  508,  and  the  insignia  of  rank 
embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth ;  in  the  case  of  permanent  staff  officers,  and  those 
detailed  to  a  staff  department  for  a  four-year  period,  the  respective  gold  and 
silver  staff  insignia  (pars.  468,  470,  472)   in  addition  to  the  ornament  and  in- 
signia of  rank ;  officers  serving  with  staff  departments,  but  not  under  a  regular 


42  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

four-year  detail,  being  authorized  also  to  wear  the  staff  insignia.  Aides-de- 
camp to  general  officers  shall  also  wear  the  gold  insignia  (par.  475)  in  addition 
to  the  ornament  and  insignia  of  rank.  (See  par.  10.) 

272.  The  ornament  and  insignia  shall  be  worn  on  center  line  of  shoulder 
knot,  equally  spaced  between  lower  end  of  knot  and  the  button  at  collar  end. 
The  ornament  shall  be  placed  at  shoulder  end  of  knot,  with  head  of  eagle 
toward  collar  end,  eagle  facing  the  front.    When  the  insignia  for  staff  depart- 
ments or  for  aides-de-camp  to  general  officers  are  also  worn,  the  insignia  of 
rank  shall  be  placed  at  an  equal  distance  between  the  ornament  and  such 
insignia.    The  top  of  the  staff  insignia  and  insignia  for  aides-de-camp  to  general 
officers  shall  be  placed  toward  collar  end  of  knot,  the  hilt  of  the  sword  of 
insignia  for  the  Paymaster's  Department  pointing  toward  the  rear,  such  insignia 
being  in  pairs. 

MISCELLANEOUS   (OFFICERS). 

273.  Aignillettes,  dress  (par.  400),  shall  be  worn  by  aides-de-camp  as  follows, 
namely,  to  the  President,  to  the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy, 
on  the  personal  staff  of  a  flag  officer  of  the  Navy,  to  general  officers,  and  to 
visiting  foreign  officers,  and  by  those  officers  detailed  for  duty  at  the  White 

»House,  with  the  dress,  evening  dress,  and  white  dress  uniforms.  Dress 
aigtiillettes  shall  also  be  worn  with  the  evening  dress  uniform  by  permanent 
staff  officers,  and  with  the  blue  and  white  undress  uniforms  by  an  aide-de-camp 
to  the  President  and  by  officers  detailed  for  duty  at  the  White  House. 

274.  Dress  aiguillettes  shall  be  worn  on  the  right  side  by  an  aide-de-camp 
to  the  President  and  by  officers  detailed  for  duty  at  the  White  House,  and  on 
the  left  side  by  the  other  officers  for  whom  prescribed.    These  aiguillettes  shall 
be  suspended  from  the  top  button  of  all  coats  with  which  worn  and  of  the 
evening  dress  jacket,  except  that  those  worn  on  the  left  side  of  the  jacket  shall 
be  suspended  from  a  hook  at  the  inside  of  the  collar  opening.    Both  plaited 
cords  and  the  front  single  loop  shall  be  worn  in  front  of  the  arm,  the  rear 
single  loop  passing  from  the  rear  under  the  arm.     (See  par.  375.) 

275.  Aiguillettes,  service  (par.  401),  shall  be  worn  by  aides-de-camp  as  fol- 
lows, namely,  to  the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  on  the 
personal  staff  of  a  flag  officer  of  the  Navy,  to  general  officers,  and  to  visiting 
foreign  officers,  at  all  times,  with  the  blue  and  white  undress  and  the  winter 
and   summer  service  uniforms.     Service  aiguillettes  shall  be  fastened  under 
the  left  shoulder  strap  and  go  around  the  shoulder  just  under  the  armpit,  with 
the  longest  loop  nearest  the  collar.    An  aide-de-camp  to  the  Secretary  or  Assist- 
ant Secretary  of  the  Navy  and  an  aide-de-camp  to  an  admiral  shall  wear  four 
loops;  an  aide-de-camp  to  a  vice  admiral,  three  loops;  and  an  aide-de-camp  to 
a  general  officer,  or  to  a  rear  admiral  or  officer  of  lower  rank  entitled  to  an  aide 
de-camp,  two  loops.     An  aide-de-camp  to'  a  visiting  foreign  officer  shall  wear 
the  aiguillette  appropriate  to  the  rank  of  such  officer.    When  the  overcoat  is 
worn,  service  aiguillettes  shall  be  worn  outside.     (See  par.  375* ) 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1022.  43 

276.  Band,  official  mourning  (par.  403).— When  official  mourning  is  ordered, 
the  band  shall  be  worn  on  the  left  arm  above  the  elbow.    This  band  may  also  be 
worn  by  officers  as  family  mourning.     (See  par.  286.) 

277.  Band,  sick  list  (par.  606),  when  issued,  shall  be  worn  on  the  right  sleeve 
midway  between  the  shoulder  seam  and  the  elbow.  '« 

278.  Brassard,  military  police  (par.  619),  when  prescribed,  shall  be  worn  with 
the  lettering  on  the  outer  half  of  the  left  sleeve,  midway  between  the  shoulder 
seam  and  the  elbow. 

279.  Brassard,  provost  guard  (par.  620),  when  prescribed,  shall  be  worn  with 
the  lettering  on  the  outer  half  of  the  left  sleeve,  midway  between  the  shoulder 
seam  and  the  elbow. 

280.  Button,  Marine  Corps  Reserve  (par.  428),  is  issued  to  each  officer  plaeerU 
upon  inactive  duty  in  the  Marine  Corps  Reserve  or  Fleet  Marine  Corps  Reserve^ 
for  optional  wear  on  civilian  clothes. 

281.  Chevrons,  wound  (par.  445),  shall  be  worn  by  those  persons  authorized 
by  proper  authority,  on  the  outer  half  of  the  right  sleeve  of  all  coats  and  the 
overcoat.     Chevrons  for  wounds  received  while  with  the  Navy  shall  be  worn 
point  up  and  for  wounds  received  with  the  Army  point  down,  the  bottom  of  the 
chevron   (or  the  lower  chevron  when  more  than  one)   approximately  2  inches 
from  the  lower  edge  of  the  sleeve,  additional  chevrons  being  one-fourth  inch 
apart.    Where  chevrons  for  wounds  received  with  both  the  Navy  and  Army  are 
worn,  those  for  each  service  shall  be  grouped. 

282.  Insignia,  naval  officers  (par.  479). — When  in  Marine  Corps  uniform,  as 
authorized  in  paragraph  8,  officers  of  the  Navy  will  substitute  bronze  naval 
insignia  for  those  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

283.  Insignia,   naval   aviator    (par.   480),   shall   be   worn   by    commissioned 
officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  qualified  as  naval  aviators  and  by  warrant  officers 
holding  certificates  of  qualification  as  naval  aviation  pilots,  while  such  'cei> 
tificates  are  in  effect,  on  the  left  breast  midway  between  the  shoulder  seam  and 
center  of  coat,  with   the  upper  edge  midway  between  the   first  and  second 
buttons  at  top  of  coat.    Embroidered  insignia  shall  be  worn  on  the  dress  and 
winter  service  coats,  and  the  insignia  with  clasp  pin  on  the  white  undress  and 
summer  service  coats.     (See  pars.  355,  378.) 

284.  Insignia,  balloon  pilot    (par.  481),  shall  be  worn  by  warrant  officers 
holding  certificates  of  qualification  as  balloon  pilots,  while  such  certificates  are 
in  effect,  on  the  left  breast  midway  between  the  shoulder  seam  and  center  of 
coat,  with  the  upper  edge  midway  between  the  first  and  second  buttons  at  top 
of  coat.     Embroidered  insignia  shall  be  worn  on  the  dress  and  winter  service 
coats,  and  the  insignia  with  clasp  pin  on  the  white  undress  and  summer  service 
coats.     (See  pars.  355,  378.) 

285.  Knots,  shoulder  (par.  492),  shall  be  worn  on  the  shoulders  of  the  even- 
ing dress  jacket. 

286.  Knot,   sword,  official  mourning    (par.  495). — When   official  mourning  is 
ordered,  the  band  shall  be  knotted  upon  the  sword  hilt.     (See  par.  276.) 


44  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

287.  Letters,  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  shall  be  worn  by  officers  of  the  Reserve 
on  the  collars  of  all  coats  and  of  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is  not  worn. 
The  gold  letter  "  R  "  (par.  498)  is  prescribed  for  the  dress  and  undress  coats, 
and  the  bronze  "  R  "  (par.  497)  for  the  service  coats  and  the  flannel  shirt.    The 
letter  shall  be  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar,  with  its 
center,  on  the  coats,  1£  inches  to  the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament  or  collar 
insignia  if  the  latter  are  worn,  and,  on  the  flannel  shirt,  1£  inches  to  the  rear 
of  the  insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers  or  insignia  worn  by  warrant 
officers  and  pay  clerks,  the  shirt  collar  being  turned  down. 

288.  Letters,  National  Naval  Volunteers  (Marine  Corps  branch). — Upon  being 
enrolled   in   time  of  war  in   the   National  Naval   Volunteers    (Marine   Corps 
branch),  officers  of  the  Naval  Militia   (Marine  Corps  branch)   shall  cease  to 
wear  the  letters  indicating  the  State  or  Territory  (or  the  District  of  Cplumbia) 
mentioned  in  paragraph  289.     In  lieu  thereof  the  gold  letter  "V"  (par.  500)  is 
prescribed  for  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  and  the  bronze  "V"  (par.  499)  for 
the  service  coats  and  for  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is  not  worn.     The 
letter  shall  be  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar,  with  its 
center,  on  the  coats,  1£  inches  to  the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament  or  collar 
insignia  if  the  latter  are  worn,  and,  on  the  flannel  shirt,  1^  inches  to  the  rear 
of  the  insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers  or  insignia  worn  by  warrant 
officers  and  pay  clerks,  the  shirt  collar  being  turned  down. 

289.  Letters,  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch). — Until  enrolled  in  time  of 
war  in  the  National  Naval  Volunteers,  officers  of  the  Naval  Militia   (Marine 
Corps  branch)   shall  wear  letters  indicating  the  particular  State  or  Territory 
(or  the  District  of  Columbia)  of  the  organization  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine 
Corps  branch)  to  which  they  belong.    The  gold  letters  (par.  502)  are  prescribed 
for  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  and  the  bronze  letters  (par.  501)  for  the  service 
coats  and  for  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is  not  worn.     The  letters  shall  be 
placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar,  with  the  center,  on 
the  coats,  1£  inches  to  the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament  or  collar  insignia  if  the 
latter  are  worn,  and,  on  the  flannel  shirt,  1£  inches  to  the  rear  of  the  insignia 
of  rank  of  commissioned  officers  or  insignia  worn  by  warrant  officers  and  pay 
clerks,  the  shirt  collar  being  turned  down. 

290.  Numerals,  company,  bronze  (par.  505),  when  worn  on  the  field  hat,  shall 
be  placed  with  the  bottom  resting  on  the  top  of  the  hatband  and  be  centered 
directly  underneath  the  hat  ornament. 

291.  Ornamentation,    evening    dress    jacket. — The    collar    and    sleeve    orna- 
mentation indicative  of  the  rank  of  the  officer  shall  be  as  prescribed  in  para- 
graphs 490,  491. 

292.  Tag,  identification  (par.  530),  shall  be  worn  underneath  the  outer  uni- 
form, suspended  from  the  neck. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  45 

ENLISTED  MEN. 

CHEVRONS.  INSIGNIA,  ETC..  INDICATING  RANK  AND  RATING. 

300.  Chevrons  and  insignia. — Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  following  chev- 
rons and  insignia  shall  be  worn  midway  between  the  elbow  and  shoulder  seam 
in  the  center  of  the  outer  half  of  the  sleeves  of  all  coats,  the  overcoat,  and  the 
flannel  shirt,  chevrons  being  worn  point  up.  The  dress  chevrons  and  insignia 
shall  be  worn  on  the  dress  coat,  the  winter  service  chevrons  and  insignia  on 
the  winter  service  coat  and  the  overcoat,  and  the  summer  service  chevrons 
and  insignia  on  the  summer  service  coat  and  the  flannel  shirt,  as  follows: 

a.  Chevrons,  sergeant  major  (par.  632),  on  both  sleeves. 

6.  Chevrons,  quartermaster  sergeant  (par.  634),  on  both  sleeves. 

c.  Chevrons,   quartermaster  sergeant,   Paymaster's  Department    (par.   635), 
on  both  sleeves. 

d.  Chevrons,  drum  major  (post  band)  (par.  636),  on  both  sleeves. 

e.  Chevrons,  first  sergeant  (par.  637),  on  both  sleeves. 

f.  Chevrons,  gunnery  sergeant  (par.  638),  on  both  sleeves. 

g.  Chevrons,  sergeant  (par.  639),  on  both  sleeves. 
h.  Chevrons,  corporal  (par.  640),  on  both  sleeves. 

i.  Chevrons,  lance  corporal  (par.  641),  on  the  right  sleeve  only. 

;.  Insignia,  private,  first-class  (par.  665),  on  both  sleeves,  with  rifle  butts 
downward. 

k.  Insignia,  trumpeter  (par.  666),  on  both  sleeves,  with  the  mouthpiece  to 
the  front. 

I.  Insignia,  drummer  (par.  667),  on  both  sleeves,  with  the  "buttons"  down- 
ward. 

m.  Insignia,  signalman,  first-class  (par.  668),  on  the  left  sleeve  only,  with 
the  flags  uppermost,  approximately  6  inches  below  the  chevron,  or  in  a  similar 
position  if  no  chevron  is  worn. 

n.  Insignia,  gun  captain  (Navy)  (par.  669),  on  the  right  sleeve  only,  midway 
between  the  elbow  and  bottom  of  cuff,  or,  if  service  stripes  are  worn,  above 
such  stripes,  with  muzzle  pointing  to  the  front,  the  insignia  being  issued  to 
each  marine  regularly  detailed  by  the  commanding  officer  of  a  vessel  as  a  gun 
captain,  except  at  a  secondary  battery  gun  (less  than  4-inch  caliber),  to  be 
worn  while  regularly  detailed. 

o.  Insignia,  gun  pointer,  first-class  (Navy)  (par.  670),  on  the  right  sleeve 
only,  midway  between  the  elbow  and  the  bottom  of  cuff,  or,  if  service  stripes 
are  worn,  above  such  stripes,  with  the  star  uppermost,  the  insignia  being 
issued  to  marines  serving  on  board  ship  who  have  so  qualified,  to  be  worn 
while  regularly  detailed. 

p.  Insignia,  gun  pointer,  second-class  (Navy)  (par.  671),  on  the  right  sleeve 
only,  midway  between  the  elbow  and  the  bottom  of  cuff,  or,  if  service  stripes 
are  worn,  above  such  stripes,  the  insignia  being  issued  marines  serving  on 
board  ship  who  have  so  qualified,  to  be  worn  while  regularly  detailed. 

q.  Insignia,  expert  rifleman  (Navy)  (par.  672),  on  the  right  sleeve  only. 
Worn  on  the  dress  coat  in  front  of  middle  cuff  button,  midway  between  edge 


46  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

of  button  and  vertical  seam  of  strap ;  on  the  service  coats  and  the  overcoat  with 
bottom  edge  of  target  2£  inches  above  bottom  edge  of  sleeve,  center  of  target 
directly  under  point  of  cuff ;  and  on  the  flannel  shirt  with  bottom  edge  of  target 
one-fourth  inch  from  top  edge  of  cuff,  3  inches  from  edge  of  cuff  opening. 

301.  Eating  badges  and  mark,  Hospital  Corps. — When  in  Marine  Corps  uni- 
form, as  authorized  in  paragraph  8,  hospital  corpsmen  of  the  Navy  will  wear 
the  following  rating  badges  and  mark  of  the  Hospital  Corps  midway  between 
the  elbow  and  shoulder  seam  in  the  center  of  the  outer  half  of  both  sleeves  of 
the  coat,  overcoat,  and  flannel  shirt : 

a.  Badge,  rating,  chief  pharmacist's  mate  (par.  602.) 

6.  Badge,  rating,  pharmacist's  mate,  first-class  (par.  603). 

c.  Badge,  rating,  pharmacist's  mate,  second-class  (par.  604.) 

d.  Badge,  rating,  pharmacist's  mate,  third-class  (par.  605.) 

e.  Mark,  hospital  apprentice,  first-class  (par.  682). 

f.  Mark,  hospital  apprentice,  second-class  (par.  683.) 

CAP  AND  HAT  ORNAMENTS. 

302.  Enlisted  men. — The  gilt  cap  ornament  shall  be  worn  by  all  enlisted  men 
on  the  dress  and  white  caps,  and  the  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament  on  the  winter 
and  summer  service  caps,  the  garrison  cap,  and  the  field  hat.     On  the  garrison 
cap,  the  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament  shall  be  worn  on  the  left  front  side,  in 
the  place  provided  therefor. 

COLLAR  ORNAMENTS. 

303.  Enlisted  men. — The  collar  ornaments  shall  be  worn  by  all  enlisted  men  on 
the  collars  of  all  coats,  being  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the 
collar,  with  eagle  facing  the  front  and  center  of  ornament  1£  inches  from  the 
neck  opening. 

304.  Gilt  collar  ornaments  are  prescribed  for  the  collar  of  the  dress  coat, 
and  bronze  collar  ornaments  for  the  winter  and  summer  service  coats. 

MISCELLANEOUS  (ENLISTED  MEN). 

305.  Band,  sick  list  (par.  606),  when  issued,  shall  be  worn  on  the  right  sleeve, 
midway  between   the  shoulder   seam  and  the  elbow,   or  directly  underneath 
chevron  or  insignia,  if  any,  so  worn. 

306.  Brassard,  military  police    (par.  619),  when  prescribed,   shall  be  worn 
with  the  lettering  on  the  outer  half  of  the  left  sleeve,  midway  between  the 
shoulder  seam  and  the  elbow,  or  directly  underneath  chevron  or  insignia,  if 
any,  so  worn. 

307.  Brassard,  provost  guard  (par.  620),  when  prescribed,  shall  be  worn  with 
the  lettering  on  the  outer  half  of  the  left  sleeve,  midway  between  the  shoulder 
seam  and  the  elbow,  or  directly  underneath  chevron  or  insignia,  if  any,  so 
worn. 

308.  Button,  Marine  Corps  Reserve  (par.  621),  is  issued  to  each  person  placed 
npon  inactive  duty  in  the  Marine  Corps  Reserve  or  Fleet  Marine  Corps  Reserve, 
for  optional  wear  on  civilian  clothes. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  47 

309.  Chevrons,  wound  (par.  643),  shall  be  worn  by  those  persons  authorized 
by  proper  authority,  on  the  outer  half  of  the  right  sleeve  of  all  coats  and  the 
overcoat,   being  superimposed  on   the   service   stripes,   if  any.    Chevrons   for 
wounds  received  while  with  the  Navy  shall  be  worn  point  up  and  for  wounds 
received  with  the  Army  point  down,  the  bottom  of  the  chevron  (or  the  lower 
chevron  when  more  than  one)  approximately  2  inches  from  the  lower  edge  of 
the  sleeve,  additional  chevrons  being  one:fourth  inch  apart.     Where  chevrons 
for  wounds  received  with  both  the  Navy  and  Army  are  worn,  those  for  each 
service  shall  be  grouped. 

310.  Insignia,  naval  aviator  (par.  673),  shall  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  of  the 
Marine   Corps  holding  certificates  of  qualification   as  naval  aviation  pilots, 
while  such  certificates  are  in  effect,  on  the  left  breast,  midway  between  the 
shoulder  seam  and  center  of  coat,  with  the  upper  edge  midway  between  the 
first  and  second  buttons  at  top  of  coat.     (See  pars.  355,  378.) 

311.  Insignia,  balloon  pilot  (par.  674),  shall  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  of  the 
Marine  Corps  holding  certificates  of  qualification  as  balloon  pilots,  while  such 
certificates  are  in  effect,  on  the  left  breast,  midway  between  the  shoulder  seam 
and  center  of  coat,  with  the  upper  edge  midway  between  the  first  and  second 
buttons  at  top  of  coat.     ( See  pars.  355,  378. ) 

312.  Letters,  bronze  (par.  662&),  when  prescribed  to  be  worn  on  the  field  hat, 
shall  be  placed  with  the  bottom  resting  on  the  top  of  the  hatband  and  be  cen- 
tered directly  underneath  the  hat  ornament. 

313.  Letters,  Marine  Corps  Reserve,   shall  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  of  the 
Reserve  on  the  collar  of  each  coat  and  of  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is 
not  worn.     The  gilt  letter  "R"   (par.  6786)   is  prescribed  for  the  dress  coat, 
and  the  bronze  "R"   (par.  678a)   for  the  service  coats  and  the  flannel  shirt. 
The  letter  shall  be  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar, 
with  its  center,  on  the  coats,  li  inches  to  the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament  and, 
on  the  flannl  shirt,  1£   inches  from   the  collar  edge,  the   shirt  collar  being 
turned  down. 

314.  Letters,  National  Naval  Volunteers  (Marine  Corps  branch). — Upon  being 
enrolled  in   time  of  war  in  the  National   Naval   Volunteers    (Marine  Corps 
branch),  enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch)  shall  cease 
to  wear  the  letters  indicating  the  State  or  Territory   (or  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia)  mentioned   in  paragraph  315.     In  lieu  thereof  the  gilt  letter  "V 
(par.  679b)  is  prescribed  for  the  dress  coat,  and  the  bronze  "V"  (par.  679a) 
for  the  service  coats  and  for  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is  not  worn.    The 
letter  shall  be  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar,  with  its 
center,  on  the  coats,  1£  inches  to  the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament  and,  on  the 
flannel  shirt,  1£  inches  from  the  collar  edge,  the  shirt  collar  being  turned  down. 

315.  Letters,  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch). — Until  enrolled  in  time  of 
war  in  the  National  Naval  Volunteers,  enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Ma- 
rine Corps  branch)  shall  wear  letters  indicating  the  particular  State  or  Ter- 
ritory (or  the  District  of  Columbia)  of  the  organization  of  the  Naval  Militia 
(Marine  Corps  branch)    to  which  they  belong.     The  gilt  letters   (par.  680&) 


48  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

are  prescribed  for  the  dress  coat,  and  the  bronze  letters  (par.  6SOa)  for  the 
service  coats  and  for  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is  not  worn.  The  letters 
shall  be  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the  collar,  with  the 
center,  on  the  coats,  1$  inches  to  the  rear  of  the  collar  ornament  and,  on  the 
flannel  shirt,  li  inches  from  the  collar  edge,  the  shirt  collar  being  turned 
doAvn. 

316.  Numerals,  company,  bronze  (par.  662c),  when  prescribed  to  be  worn  on 
the  field  hat,  shall  be  placed  with  the  bottom  resting  on  the  top  of  the  hat- 
band and  be  centered  directly  underneath  the  hat  ornament. 

317.  Stripes,  service. — All  enlisted  men  who  served  honorably  in  the  Army, 
Navy,  or  Marine  Corps  shall  wear  a  service  stripe  for  each  four  years  of 
service,  continuous  or  otherwise.     Service  stripes  shall  be  worn  on  the  outer 
half  of  both  sleeves  of  the  dress  coat,  the  winter  service  coat,  and  the  overcoat 
only,   sloping  toward   the  front  at  an   angle  of  30°   with   bottom  of  sleeve, 
the  first  stripe  being  placed  as  below  indicated  with  succeeding  stripes  one- 
eighth  inch  apart  above  first  stripe.    Dress  service  stripes  (par.  700a)  shall  be 
centered  on  the  sleeves  of  the  dress  coat,  with  the  lower  edge  of  bottom  stripe 
touching  the  front  point  of  strap  on  cuff.     Winter  service  stripes   (par.  700&) 
shall  be  worn  on  the  sleeves  of  the  winter  service  coat  and  the  overcoat,  with 
the  center  1$  inches  above  point  of  cuff. 

318.  Tag,  identification  (par.  703),  shall  be  worn  underneath  the  outer  uni- 
form, suspended  from  the  neck. 

MARINE  BAND. 

INSIGNIA. 

325.  Leader.— The  leader  of  the  Marine  Band  shall  wear  the  lyre  (par.  478), 
in  lieu  of  insignia  of  rank,  on  the  shoulder  knots  of  the  special  full-dress  and 
full-dress  coat ;  on  the  shoulder  straps  of  the  dress,  undress,  and  service  coats, 
the  overcoat,  and,  if  provided  with  shoulder  straps,  the  raincoat;  and  on  the 
collar  of  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is  not  worn. 

326.  On  the  shoulder  strap  the  insignia  shall  be  worn  in  the  center  line,  with 
the  lower  edge  three-fourths  inch  from  the  shoulder  seam  and  the  top  of  the 
lyre  pointing  toward  the  collar.     When  the  flannel  shirt  is  worn  without  the 
coat  the  insignia  shall  be  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each  side  of  the 
collar,  1  inch  from  the  edge,  with  the  top  of  the  lyre  pointing  toward  top  of 
collar,  the  collar  being  turned  down. 

327.  On  the  shoulder  knot  the  insignia  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth  and  the 
ir( -id  and  silver  shoulder-knot  ornament  (par.  508)  shall  be  placed  on  the  center 
line,  equally  spaced  between  lower  end  of  knot  and  the  button  at  collar  end, 
the  ornament  being  placed  at  shoulder  end  of  knot,  with  head  of  eagle  toward 
collar  end,  eagle  facing  the  front.    On  the  obsolete  shoulder  knot,  the  wearing 
of  which  is  authorized  until  it  is  no  longer  serviceable,  the  insignia  only  shall 
be  worn,  being  placed  in  the  center  of  the  trefoil.    On  either  knot  the  top  of  the 
lyre  shall  point  toward  the  collar. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  49 

CHEVRONS  INDICATING  RANK. 

328.  Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The  chevrons  for  the  second 
leader  (par.  633),  drum  major  (par.  636),  and  musicians  (par.  642)   shall  be 
worn  point  up  midway  between  the  elbow  and  shoulder  seam  in  the  center  of 
the  outer  half  of  both  sleeves.     The  special  full-dress  and  full-dress  chevrons 
shall  be  worn  on  the  special  full-dress  and  full-dress  coats  of  the  second  leader 
and  on  the  full-dress  coat  of  the  drum  major,  the  dress  chevrons  on  the  dress 
coat  and,  by  musicians,  on  the  special  full-dress  and  full-dress  coats ;  the  winter 
service  chevrons-  on  the  winter  service  coat  and  the  overcoat ;  and  the  summer 
service  chevrons  on  the  summer  service  coat  and  the  flannel  shirt. 

CAP  AND  HAT  ORNAMENTS. 

329.  Leader. — The  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament  (par.  507)  shall  be  worn  on 
the  special  full-dress,  full-dress,  dress,  and  undress  caps,  and  the  bronze  cap 
and  hat  ornament  (par.  506),  on  the  winter  and  summer  service  caps,  and  the 
field  hat. 

330.  Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The  gilt  cap  ornament  shall 
be  worn  on  the  special  full-dress  (except  drum  major),  full-dress,  dress,  and 
white  caps,  and  the  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament  on  the  winter  and  summer 
service  caps  and  the  field  hat. 

COLLAR  ORNAMENTS. 

331.  The  collar  ornaments  shall  be  placed  vertically  in  the  center  of  each 
side  of  the  collar  of  the  coats  indicated,  with  eagle  facing  the  front,  center 
of  ornaments  being  1$  inches  from  the  neck  opening. 

332.  Leader. — Gold  and  silver  collar  ornaments  (par.  508),  are  prescribed  for 
the  collars  of  the  dress  and  undress  coats,  and  bronze  collar  ornaments  (par. 
509)  for  the  winter  and  summer  service  coats. 

333.  Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — Gilt  collar  ornaments  are 
prescribed  for  the  collars  of  the  special  full-dress   (except  drum  major),  full- 
dress,  and  dress  coats,  and  bronze  collar  ornaments  for  the  winter  and  summer 
service  coats. 

MISCELLANEOUS   (LEADER,  SECOND  LEADER,  DRUM  MAJOR,  AND  MUSICIANS). 

334.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (leader)    (par.  400),  shall  be  worn  on  the  left  side 
of  the  special  full-dress  and  full-dress  coat.     Both  plaited  cords  and  the  front 
single  loop  shall  be  worn  in  front  of  the  arm,  the  rear  single  loop  passing  from 
the  rear  under  the  arm.    The  aiguillettes  shall  be  permanently  attached  to  the 
shoulder  knot,  with  the  loop  suspended  from  the  top  button  in  the  center  of  coat. 

335.  Aiguillettes,  second  leader  (par.  649a),  shall  be  worn  on  the  left  side  of 
the  full-dress  coat,  being  permanently  attached  to  the  shoulder  knot,  with  the 
loop  suspended  from  the  top  button  in  the  center  of  coat.     Both  cords  shall 
be  worn  in  front  of  the  arm. 

336.  Aiguillettes,    musician    (pnr.    651a),    shall    be    worn    on    the    left    side 
of  the  full-dress  coat,  being  permanently  attached  to  the  shoulder  knot,  with  the 
loop  suspended  from  the  top  button  in  the  center  of  coat.    Both  cords  shall  be 
worn  in  front  of  the  arm. 


50  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.  S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

337.  Baldrick,  drum  major  (par.  650cr),  shall  be  worn  from  the  right  shoulder 
of  the  full-dress  coat. 

338.  Band,  official  mourning  (leader)   (par.  403). — When  official  mourning  is 
ordered,  the  band  shall  be  worn  by  the  leader  on  the  left  arm  above  the  elbow. 
(See  par.  344.) 

339.  Button,  Marine  Corps  Reserve  (pars.  428,  621),  is  issued  to  members  of 
the  Marine  Band  placed  upon  inactive  duty  in  the  Marine  Corps  Reserve  or 
Fleet  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  for  optional  wear  on  civilian  clothes. 

340.  Chevrons,  wound  (pars.  445,  643),  shall  be  worn  by  those  persons  author- 
ized by  proper  authority  on  the  outer  half  of  the  right  sleeve  of  all  coats  (ex- 
cept the  special  full-dress  and  full-dress  coats)  and  the  overcoat,  being  super- 
imposed on  the  service  stripes,  if  any.     Chevrons  for  wounds  received  while 
with  the  Navy  shall  be  worn  point  up  and  for  wounds  received  with  the  Army 
point  down,  the  bottom  of  the  chevron  (or  the  lower  chevron  when  more  than 
one)  approximately  2  inches  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  sleeve,  additional  chev- 
rons being  one-fourth  inch  apart.     Where  chevrons  for  wounds  received  with 
both  the  Navy  and  Army  are  worn,  those  for  each  service  shall  be  grouped. 

341.  Knots,  shoulder  (leader)    (par.  492),  shall  be  worn  on  the  shoulders  of 
the  special  full-dress  and  full-dress  coat.     (See  par.  327.) 

342.  Knots,  shoulder,  second  leader  (par.  649d),  shall  be  worn  on  the  shoulders 
of  the  full-dress  coat 

343.  Knots,  shoulder,  musician  (par.  651d),  shall  be  worn  on  the  shoulders 
of  the  full-dress  coat 

344.  Knot,  sword,  official  mourning  (leader)  (par.  495). — When  official  mourn- 
ing is  ordered,  the  leader  shall  wear  the  band  knotted  upon  the  sword  hilt. 
(See  par.  338.) 

345.  Ornamentation,  sleeve,  leader. — The  ornamentation  to  be  worn  on  the 
sleeves  of  the  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  coat  shall  be  as  prescribed  in  para- 
graph 448. 

346.  Ornamentation,  sleeve,  second  leader  (pars.  647c,  649e,  and  654c),  shall 
be  worn  on  each  sleeve  of  the  dress,  full-dress,  and  special  full-dress  coats. 

347.  Ornamentation,  sleeve,  drum  major   (par.  650d),  shall  be  worn  on  both 
sleeves  of  the  full-dress  coat. 

348.  Stripes,  service  (second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians). — To  indicate 
honorable  service  in  the  Army,  Navy,  or  Marine  Corps  a  stripe  shall  be  worn 
for  each  four  years  of  service,  continuous  or  otherwise.     Service  stripes  shall 
be  worn  on  the  outer  half  of  both  sleeves  of  the  dress  coat   (except  second 
leader),  the  winter  service  coat,  and  the  overcoat  only,  sloping  toward  the  front 
at  an  angle  of  30°  with  bottom  of  sleeve,  the  first  stripe  being  placed  as  below 
indicated  with  succeeding  stripes  one-eighth  inch  apart  above  first  stripe.    Dress 
service  stripes  (par.  700a)  shall  be  centered  on  the  sleeves  of  the  dress  coat, 
with  the  lower  edge  of  bottom  stripe  touching  the  front  point  of  strap  on  cuff. 
Winter  service  stripes  (par.  700&)  shall  be  worn  on  the  sleeves  of  the  winter 
service  coat  and  the  overcoat,  with  the  center  1*  inches  above  point  of  cuff. 

349.  Tag,  identification  (pars.  530,  703),  shall  be  worn  underneath  the  outer 
uniform,  suspended  from  the  neck. 


CHAPTER  VI. 
DECORATIONS,  MEDALS,  RIBBONS,  AND  BADGES. 

350.  Decorations,  service  medals,  good-conduct  and  other  medals,  ribbons,  and 
badges  prescribed  herein  or  which  may  be  authorized,  shall  be  worn  only  by  those 
officers  and  enlisted  men  to  whom  they  have  been  awarded.  Decorations, 
medals,  the  expeditionary  ribbon,  and  badges  are  prescribed  for  wear  with  the 
dress  uniform  and,  by  members  of  the  Marine  Band,  with  the  special  full-dress 
and  full-dress  uniforms;  miniatures  of  decorations,  medals,  and  the  expedi- 
tionary ribbon,  with  the  white  dress  and  evening  dress  uniforms  and,  if  desired, 
with  civilian  clothes ;  and  ribbons  of  decorations,  ribbons  of  medals,  the  expedi- 
tionary ribbon,  and  badges,  with  the  undress  and  service  uniforms.  In  the 
field  no  decorations  or  medals  will  be  worn  and  ribbons  and  badges  may  be 
omitted,  nor  will  decorations,  medals,  ribbons,  or  badges  be  worn  on  the  over- 
coat or  on  the  shirt.  Officers  suspended  from  rank  and  command,  and  enlisted 
men  serving  sentence  of  confinement,  are  prohibited  from  wearing  any  decora- 
tions, medals,  miniatures,  ribbons,  or  badges,  or  substitutes  therefor. 

DECORATIONS,  MEDALS,  AND  RIBBONS. 

351.  With  the  exception  of  those  decorations  worn  pendent  from  the  neck, 
decorations  and  medals  shall  be  suspended  from  a  single  holding  bar  in  one 
horizontal  line,  arranged  in  order  of  precedence  from  the  center  of  the  body 
toward  the  left  shoulder.    The  holding  bar  shall  be  of  metal  or  other  material 
of  sufficient  thickness,  no  longer  than  from  the  center  line  of  coat  to  left  arm- 
hole  seam,  and  be  centered  between  those  points,  with  the  upper  edge  midway 
between  the  first  and  second  buttons  at  top  of  coat.     On  the  evening  dress 
jacket,  the  holding  bar  containing  the  miniatures  shall  be  placed  in  the  same 
relative  position  as  that  on  the  coat. 

352.  When  a  decoration  or  medal  has  an  exposed  bar  or  clasp  at  the  top  of 
the  ribbon,  such  bar  or  clasp  shall  be  mounted  on  or  form  a  part  of  the  holding 
bar,  and  where  there  are  several  such  exposed  bars  or  clasps  on  a  single  decora- 
tion or  medal,  the  one  uppermost  shall  be  so  mounted.     When  there  are  more 
decorations  and  medals  than  can  be  accommodated  on  a  holding  bar  of  maxi- 
mum length  and  each  be  entirely  visible,  they  shall  all  be  mounted  on  the  hold- 
ing bar  and  equally  overlap,  each  ribbon  partially  covering  the  one  on  its  left 
When  there  are  more  decorations  and  medals  than  can  be  properly  mounted  on 
a  single  holding  bar,  an  additional  bar,  or  bars,  shall  be  used,  and  be  centered 
underneath  the  first  bar  in  such  manner  that  the  lines  of  decorations  and  medals 
will  overlap.    No  portion  of  a  holding  bar  shall  be  visible.    When  decorations 
and  medals  are  worn,  service  ribbons  shall  be  either  removed  or  concealed. 

51 


52  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

353.  Ribbons  worn  in  lieu  of  decorations  and  medals  shall  be  placed  without 
interval  or  overlapping  in  a  horizontal  row,  or  parallel  rows  one-fourth  inch 
apart,  equidistant  from  the  center  line  of  coat  and  left  armhole  seam,  the 
upper  edge  of  a  single  row,  or  top  row  when  more  than  one,  being  midway 
between  the  first  and  second  buttons  at  top  of  coat.     Each  ribbon  shall  be 
three-eighths  inch  in  length  and  equal  in  width  to  the  full  width  of  the  ribbon 
attached  to  the  decoration  or  medal  which  it  represents.     Ribbons  may  be 
sewed  on  the  coat,  with  sufficient  stiffening  to  prevent  wrinkling,  or  be  worn  on 
a  bar  or  bars  and  pinned  to  the  coat,  no  portion  of  bar  or  pin  being  visible. 

354.  Ribbons  shall  be  placed  in  rows  of  three,  where  that  number  or  more  is 
held,  unless  the  number  involved  would  make  too  many  rows,  in  which  case  rib- 
bons shall  be  placed  in  rows  of  four.     When  the  arrangement  of  ribbons  into 
more  than  one  row  results  in  a  row  of  less  than  full  length,  the  latter  row  shall 
be  underneath. 

355.  When  decorations  and   medals,  or  ribbons,   are  worn  with  the  naval 
aviator  or  balloon  pilot  insignia,  the  upper  edge  of  the  holding  bar  or  ribbon 
row  shall  be  centered  one-fourth  inch  below  the  bottom  of  the  insignia,  the 
latter  being  worn  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

356.  Decorations  and  ribbons. — The  decorations  mentioned  in  this  chapter  are 
awarded  individually  for  special  acts  of  valor  or  for  distinguished  service,  the 
brevet  medal,  however,  signifying  a  brevet  t commission  so  conferred.     Decora- 
tions or  their  ribbons  shall  be  worn  in  the  order  shown  in  paragraph  361.    The 
medal  of  honor  shall  always  be  worn  pendent  from  the  neck,  except  when  in 
miniature,  the  ribbon  from  which  suspended  being  placed  inside  the  collar 
without  showing,  and  appearing  on  the  coat  between  the  collar  hooks  with  the 
medal  hanging  about  1  inch  lower.     When  miniatures  are  worn,  the  medal  of 
honor  shall  also  be  worn,  being  placed  in  line  with  and  to  the  right  of  other 
miniatures.     The  ribbon   worn   in  lieu   of  the  medal   of  honor   takes  prece- 
dence over  all   other   ribbons.     Ribbons  corresponding   to  those   from   which 
the  life-saving  medals  are  suspended  may  be  worn  with  other  ribbons. 

357.  Service  medals  and  ribbons. — Service  medals  are  awarded  to  persons  who 
have  rendered  service  in  wars,  campaigns,  or  expeditions,  under  the  prescribed 
conditions.     The  medal  commemorating  the  Battle  of  Manila  Bay,  the  medal 
commemorating  naval  engagements  in  the  West  Indies,  and  the  specially  meri- 
torious service  medal,  or  their  ribbons,  shall  be  worn  in  the  order  shown  in 
paragraph  361.    All  other  service  medals  or  their  ribbons  shall  be  worn  accord- 
ing to  the  date  of  the  particular  action  or  campaign  for  which  awarded,  and 
if  a  single  service  medal  is  awarded  for  several  different  campaigns,  the  date 
of  the  first  campaign  in  which  the  holder  participated  shall  govern. 

358.  Expeditionary  ribbon.— No  medal  is  awarded  for  the  campaigns  which 
the  expeditionary  ribbon  commemorates.     When  the  expeditionary  ribbon   is 
worn  with  decorations,  service  medals,  and  good-conduct  medals,  it  shall  be 
placed  next  after  them  on  a  line  with  the  holding  bar,  but  when  worn  with 
other  ribbons  it  shall  be  placed  before  or  after  them  according  to  whether  the 
date  of  the  first  expedition  for  which  awarded  precedes  or  follows  the  govern- 
ing dates  of  the  other  service  ribbons. 


'  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.    S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  53 

359.  Good-conduct  medals  or  their  ribbons  shall  be  worn  to  the  left  of  service 
medals  or  ribbons,  respectively. 

360.  The  Bailey  medal  instituted  by  Rear  Admiral  Theodorus  Bailey,  United 
States  Navy,  retired   (deceased),  which  is  yearly  awarded  apprentice  seamen 
of  the  Navy  under  conditions  prescribed,  shall  be  worn  to  the  left  of  service  and 
good-conduct  medals,  and  a  ribbon  corresponding  to  that  from  which  the  medal 
is  suspended  may  be  worn  with  other  ribbons,  being  placed  to  their  left. 

361.  Subject  to  the  provisions  contained  in  this  chapter,  decorations  and 
medals,  and  ribbons,  shall  be  worn  from  right  to  left  as  follows,  and  only  the 
clasps,  bars,  stars,  etc.,  authorized  in  each  instance  will  be  worn  with  them,  viz : 

DECORATIONS. 

1.  Medals   of  honor,   Navy  and  Army    (figs.  — ).— Ribbons  are  light  blue, 

studded  with  13  white  stars. 

2.  Distinguished-service  medals,  Navy  and  Army1  (figs.  — ). — Navy  ribbon  is 

dark  blue,  with  yellow  stripe  in  center ;  Army  ribbon  has  white  center, 

flanked  by  a  narrow  dark  blue  and  a  scarlet  stripe. 
3a.  Navy  cross,  Navy   (fig.  — ). — Ribbon  is  dark  blue,  with  white  stripe  in 

center. 
3b.  Distinguished-service  cross,  Army  (fig.  — ). — Ribbon  has  wide  blue  center, 

flanked  by  narrow  white  and  red  stripes. 
4.  Brevet  medal,  Marine  Corps  (figs.  — ). — Ribbon  is  dark  red,  studded  with 

13  white  stars. 
5a.  Gold  life-saving  medal,  Treasury    (figs.  — )  ;   with  bar  when  awarded. 

Ribbon  is  red. 
~St>.  Silver  life-saving  medal,  Treasury   (figs.  — )  ;  with  bar  when  awarded. 

Ribbon  is  light  blue. 

SERVICE  MEDALS  AND  THE  EXPEDITIONARY  RIBBON. 

6.  Medal  commemorating  the  Battle  of  Manila  Bay — Dewey  medal,  Navy  (figs. 

— ). — Ribbon  has  wide  yellow  center,  flanked  by  blue. 

7.  Medal  commemorating  naval  engagements  in  West  Indies — Sampson  medal, 

Navy  (figs.  — )  ;  with  clasps  when  awarded.    Ribbon  has  blue  center, 
flanked  by  red. 

8.  Specially  meritorious   service   medal,   Navy    (figs.   — )  ;   with   bar   when 

awarded.     Ribbon  is  red. 

1  An  officer  of  the  Army  who  as  an  enlisted  man  received  a  certificate  of  merit  will 
*  *  *  exchange  his  certificate  of  merit  for  a  distinguished  service  medal.  (General 
Order  No.  123,  War  Dept.,  Oct.  31,  1919.) 

Certificate  of  Merit  Medal,  Army  (figs.  — ).—  Ribbon  has  narrow  white  center,  flanked 
by  red,  white,  and  blue  stripes.  (See  par.  362.) 


54  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE  CORPS,  1922. 

9.  Civil  War  campaign  medals,  Navy  and  Army  (figs.  — ). — Each  ribbon  is  blue 

and  gray. 

10.  Indian  campaign  medal,  Army    (figs.  — ). — Ribbon  is  red,  with  narrow 

black  stripe  near  each  edge. 

11.  Spanish  War  service  medal,  Army  (figs.  — ). — Ribbon  is  green,  with  yel- 

low stripe  near  each  edge. 

12.  Spanish  campaign  medals,  Navy  and  Army  (figs.  — ). —Ribbons  are  yellow, 

with  dark-blue  stripe  near  each  edge. 

18.  Cuban    occupation    medal,    Army    (figs.    — ). — Ribbon   has    blue    center, 
flanked  by  narrow  yellow,  wide  red,  and  narrow  blue  stripes. 

14.  Porto  Rican  occupation  medal,  Army   (figs.  — ). — Ribbon  has  red  center, 

flanked  by  narrow  yellow,  wide  blue,  and  narrow  red  stripes. 

15.  Philippine  campaign  medals,  Navy  and  Army    (figs.  — ). — Ribbons  are 

blue,  with  red  stripe  near  each  edge. 

16.  Philippines  congressional  medal,  Army  (figs.  — ), — Ribbon  has  wide  blue 

center,  flanked  by  narrow  white,  red,  white,  and  blue  stripes. 

17.  China  campaign  medals,  Navy  and  Army  (figs.  — ). — Ribbons  are  yellow, 

with  narrow  blue  edges. 

18.  Expeditionary    ribbon,    Marine    Corps     (figs. — )  ;    with    numeral    when 

awarded.    Has  scarlet  center,  flanked  by  old  gold,  with  narrow  scarlet 
edges. 

19.  Cuban  pacification  medals,  Navy  and  Army  (figs. — ). — Ribbons  have  olive- 

drab  center,  flanked  by  narrow  blue,  white,  and  red  stripes. 

20.  Mexican  service  medal,  Army   (figs.  — ). — Ribbon  has  deep  blue  center, 

flanked  by  wide  yellow  and  narrow  green  stripes.     (See  22.) 

21.  Nicaraguan  campaign  medal,  Navy   (figs.  — ). — Ribbon  is  red,  with  blue 

stripe  near  each  edge. 

22.  Mexican  service   medal,  Navy    (fig.  — ). — Ribbon  has  deep  blue  center, 

flanked  by  wide  yellow  and  narrow  green  stripes.     (See  20.) 

23.  Haiti  campaign  medal,  1915,  Navy  (figs.  — )  ;  with  clasp  and  star  when 

awarded.    Ribbon  is  blue,  with  narrow  red  center  separated  by  narrow 
blue  stripe.     (See  27.) 

24.  Mexican  border    service    medal,    Army     (figs.    — ). — Ribbon    has    yellow 

center,  flanked  by  green. 

25.  Dominican  campaign  medal,  Navy  (figs.— ).— Ribbon  is  red,  with  narrow 

blue  center  separated  by  narrow  red  stripe. 

26.  Victory  medal,  Navy  and  Army  (figs.  — )  ;  with  clasp*,  stars,  and  crosses 

when  awarded.     Ribbons  are  a  double  rainbow,  with  red  center. 

87.  Haiti  campaign  medal,  1919-1920,  Navy  (figs.  —).— Ribbon  Is  blue,  with 

11:1  rrow  red  center  separated  by  narrow  blue  stripe.     (See  23.) 

GOOD-CONDUCT  MEDALS  AND  BAILEY  MEDAL. 

28a.  Good-conduct  medal,  Marine  Corps  (figs. — )  ;  with  clasps  and  numeral 
when  awarded.  Ribbon  is  red  with  blue  stripe  in  center. 

28b.  Good-conduct  medal,  Navy  (figs.  — ) ;  with  clasps  when  awarded.  Rib- 
bon is  red. 

29.  Bailey  medal,  Navy  (figs.  —).— Ribbon  is  dark  blue. 


REGULATIONS,   U.    S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  55 

362.  Decorations,  medals,  or  their  ribbons,  and  badges  awarded,  which  are 
superseded  by  a  subsequent  design,  will  be  worn  in  the  position  indicated  for 
the  latter,  unless  the  original  decorations,  medals,  etc.,  have  been   actually 
replaced. 

AUXILIARY  INSIGNIA.1 

363.  Oak-leaf  clusters  or  other  insignia  awarded  in  lieu  of  a  subsequent  decora- 
tion shall  be  centered  on  the  ribbon  attached  to  the  medal  and  also  on  the  rib- 
bon worn  in  lieu  of  the  medal.    If  necessary,  the  ribbon  attached  to  the  medal 
may  be  lengthened.    Miniatures  of  oak-leaf  clusters  or  other  auxiliary  insignia 
awarded  shall  be  similarly  worn  with  the  appropriate  miniature  medals.     In 
those  cases  where  two  medals  of  honor  were  awarded,  both  medals  may  be 
worn,  or  in  lieu  thereof  two  ribbons,  or  a  single  ribbon  with  cluster  or  other 
insignia  conferred. 

364.  Clasps  and  bars.— Clasps  or  bars  awarded  shall  be  worn  on  the  ribbons 
attached  to  medals  only,  equally  spaced  in  the  order  of  date  of  service  per- 

-  No  more  tlian  one  medal  of  honor  or  one  distinguished-service  medal  or  one  Navy 
cross  shall  be  issued  to  any  one  person  ;  but  for  each  succeeding  deed  or  service  sufficient 
to  justify  the  award  of  a  medal  of  honor  or  distinguished-service  medal  or  Navy  cross, 
respectively,  the  President  may  award  a  suitable  bar,  or  other  suitable  emblem  or  in- 
signia, to  be  worn  with  the  decoration  and  the  corresponding  rosette  or  other  device. 
(Par.  1709  (6),  Navy  Regulations,  1920.) 

No  more  than  one  medal  of  honor  or  one  distinguished-service  cross  or  one  dis- 
tinguished-service medal  shall  be  issued  to  any  one  person  ;  but  for  each  succeeding  deed 
or  act  sufficient  to  justify  the  award  of  a  medal  of  honor  or  a  distinguished-service  cross 
or  a  distinguished-service  medal,  respectively,  a  bronze  dak-leaf  cluster  shall  be  awarded 
in  lieu  thereof.  (Act  July  9,  1918  (40  Stat.  871)  ;  sees.  2747  and  2749,  Mil.  Laws, 
1921;  par.  9,  Army  Regulations,  No.  600-45,  Mar.  9,  1922.) 

a.  Citations  of  persons  for  gallantry  in  action  are  published  in  orders  issued  from 
the  headquarters  of  a  United  States  force  commanded  by,  or  which  is  the  appropriate 
command  of,  a  general  officer,  or  issued  by  the  War  Department. 

(6)  (1)  For  each  citation  of  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  for  gallantry  in  action,  pub- 
lished as  in  a,  which  citation  does  not  warrant  the  award  of  a  medal  of  honor  or 
distinguished-service  cross,  a  silver  star  may  be  worn  *  *  *  In  order  to  entitle  the 
person  cited  to  wear  the  silver  star,  the  citation  must  show  clearly  and  unquestionably 
that  it  is  for  gallantry  in  action.  A  citation  for  meritorious  services,  or  for  gallant 
conduct  not  in  action,  does  not  entitle  the  person  cited  to  wear  the  silver  star.  In  any 
case  of  doubt  as  to  whether  a  published  citation  authorizes  the  wearing  of  the  silver 
star,  the  facts  will  be  reported  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  decision. 

(2)  When  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  is  cited  in  orders  from  more  than  one  head- 
quarters for  acts  or  deeds  that  are  clearly  identical,  only  one  silver  star  may  be  worn, 
and  the  citation  in  orders  from  the  headquarters  of  the  higher  command  will  be  the 
citation  authorizing  the  wearing  of  the  silver  star. 

(8)  When  a  person  entitled  to  wear  the  silver  star  is  subsequently  awarded  another 
decoration  for  the  same  conduct,  the  right  to  wear  the  silver  star  by  reason  of  the  pub- 
lished citation  for  the  particular  conduct  ceases.  A  silver  star  may  not  be  worn  for  any 
citation  for  conduct  for  which  any  other  decoration  of  the  United  States  was  awarded. 
(Par.  10,  Army  Regulations,  No.  600-45,  Mar.  9,  1922.) 

106429°  -22 5 


56  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

formed,  with  first  date  uppermost,  a  single  clasp  or  bar  being  worn  in  the  center. 
Miniatures  of  clasps  awarded  shall  be  similarly  worn  with  the  appropriate 
miniature  medals.  Gold  or  silver  bars  awarded  in  lieu  of  subsequent  life-saving 
medals  are  worn  at  the  bottom  of  the  ribbon  attached  to  medal,  with  first  date 
uppermost.  Persons  who  participated  in  the  Haiti  campaigns  of  1915  and 
1919-1920  are  awarded  a  clasp,  in  lieu  of  the  Haiti  campaign  medal,  1919-1920, 
for  wear  with  the  Haiti  campaign  medal,  1915.  (See  par.  367.)  A  ribbon  is  not 
authorized  in  lieu  of  a  clasp  or  bar. 

365.  Stars  and  Maltese  cross. — Silver  stars  are  worn  for  citations,  being  placed 
on  the  ribbons  attached  to  medals  and  on  ribbons,  and  are  authorized  for  Army 
citations  prior  to  the  World  War.     When  worn   with  clasps   on   the  ribbon 
attached  to  the  Victory  medal,  silver  stars  shall  be  centered  above  such  clasps, 
and  the  whole  equally  spaced  on  ribbon. 

366.  Bronze  stars,  representative  of  Army  battle  clasps  and  defensive-sector 
clasp  awarded  with  the  Victory  medal,  are  authorized  for  wear  on  the  Victory 
ribbon  by  members  of  the  Marine  Corps,  the  Navy  Medical  Corps,  and  the 
Army,  who  served  with  the  American  Expeditionary  Forces.     A  single  Maltese 
cross,  representative  of  the  Army  clasp  awarded  for  service  in  France  other 
than   battle,   is   authorized   for    wear   on   the   Victory    ribbon   by    the    above- 
mentioned  members  of  the  Marine  Corps  and  Navy  Medical  Corps.     One  or 
more  silver  and  bronze  stars  are  authorized  to  be  worn  on  the  Victory  ribbon 
at  the  same  time,  or  one  or  more  silver  stars  and  the  Maltese  cross,  when 
held  by  the  persons  above  mentioned.    A  single  bronze  star,  representative  of 
clasp  awarded  with  the  Victory  medal  by  the  Navy,  is  authorized  for  wear  on 
the  Victory  ribbon,  and  when  one  or  more  silver  stars  are  also  awarded,  the 
latter  replace  the  bronze  star  on  such  ribbon. 

367.  A  bronze  star,  representative  of  clasp  awarded  in  lieu   of  the  Haiti 
campaign  medal,  1919-1920,  shall  be  worn  on  the  Haiti  ribbon  of  those  holding 
such  clasp.     (See  par.  364.) 

368.  Stars  and  crosses,  as  authorized,  shall  be  centered  on  ribbons  attached 
to  decorations  and  medals  and  on  ribbons,  and  be  equally  spaced  across.     On 
the  Victory  ribbon  with  either  the  bronze  stars  or  Maltese  cross,  silver  stars 
shall  be  placed  to  the  right. 

369.  Numerals. — When  the  expeditionary  ribbon  represents  more  than  one 
expedition,  a  bronze  numeral  indicating  the  total  number  of  the  expeditions 
shall  ba  centered  on  such  ribbon,  a  miniature  of  numeral  being  worn  with  the 
miniature  expeditionary  ribbon.     A  bronze  numeral,  to  the  number  of  clasps 
awarded  with  the  Marine  Corps  good-conduct  medal,  shall  also  be  worn  on  the 
good-conduct  ribbon. 

370.  Buttons  and  rosettes. — Victory  buttons  are  issued  for  optional  wear  on 
civilian  dress  to  those  who  were  awarded  the  Victory  medal,  a  silver  button 
being  given  to  those  wounded  in  action  and  a  bronze  button  to  all  others. 
Rosettes  and  lapel  buttons  representative  of  certain   decorations  or  service 
medals  are  for  optional  wear  on  civilian  clothes. 


UNIFOBM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  57 

FOREIGN  DECORATIONS,  MEDALS,  AND  RIBBONS. 

371.  Congress  having  authorized  members  of  the  military  forces  of  the  United 
States  serving  in  the  World  War 3  to  accept  and  wear,  under  certain  conditions, 
decorations  or  medals  bestowed  by  certain  foreign  Governments,  an  individual 
who  has  received  a  decoration  or  medal  from  the  Government  of  a  foreign 
country  will  wear  same,  as  a  courtesy  to  that  country,  when  attending  any 
public  function  in  that  country,  or  when  attending  any  formal  function  in 
any  country  in  the  house  of  or  in  honor  of  a  public  official  or  other  distinguished 
citizen  or  subject  of  the  country  whose  decoration  he  possesses.     On   such 
occasions  the  foreign  decoration  concerned  will  take  precedence  over  all  others, 
American  or  foreign,  with  the  exception  of  the  medal  of  honor.    When  foreign 
decorations  or  medals  are  worn,  at  least  one  American  decoration  or  medal 
shall  also  be  worn. 

372.  Except  as  prescribed  in  the  foregoing,  the  wearing  of  foreign  decorations, 
medals,  and  ribbons,  and  their  accompanying  insignia,  is  optional.    They  will  be 
worn  on  the  same  occasions  as  American  decorations  and  medals  or  ribbons,  re- 
spectively, and  be  placed  to  the  left  of  all  American  decorations  and  medals  or 
ribbons  in  the  order  of  date  of  receipt,  except  that  when  one  individual  pos- 
sesses two  or  more  decorations  or  medals  from  the  same  foreign  country,  the 
order  of  precedence  of  those  particular  decorations  or  medals  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  the  rules  of  the  country  concerned.    An  individual  possessing  a  foreign 
decoration  which,  under  the  rules  of  the  country  concerned,  is  required  to  be 
worn  at  the  neck,  will  so  wear  it,  and  if  the  medal  of  honor  is  also  held,  the 
foreign  decoration  will  be  placed  below  it. 

373.  So  far  as  may  be  consistent  with  the  above,  foreign  decorations,  medals 
and  ribbons  will  be  worn  as  nearly  as  practicable  in  accordance  with  the  regu- 
lations of  the  country  concerned. 

8  That  any  and  all  members  of  the  military  forces  of  the  United  States  serving  in  the 
present  war  be,  and  they  are  hereby,  permitted  and  authorized  to  accept  during  the 
present  war  or  within  one  year  thereafter,  from  the  Government  of  any  of  the  countries 
engaged  in  war  with  any  country  with  which  the  United  States  is  or  shall  be  con- 
currently likewise  engaged  in  war,  such  decorations,  when  tendered,  as  are  conferred  by 
such  Government  upon  the  members  of  its  own  military  forces ;  and  the  consent  of 
Congress  required  therefor  by  clause  eight  of  section  nine  of  Article  I  of  the  Constitu- 
tion is  hereby  expressly  granted :  Provided,  That  any  officer  or  enlisted  man  of  the 
military  forces  of  the  United  States  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  and  wear  any  medal 
or  decoration  heretofore  bestowed  by  the  Government  of  any  of  the  nations'  concur- 
rently engaged  with  the  United  States  in  the  present  war.  (Act  July  9,  1918,  40  Stat.  L. 
872.) 

The  Attorney  General  in  his  opinion  of  April  11,  1921  (file  28766-342  :  6),  held  that  all 
statutory  provisions  relating  to  time  of  war  or  national  emergency  affecting  the  Navy 
were  terminated  on  March  3,  1921,  by  the  joint  resolution  of  that  date.  I  am  of  the 
opinion,  therefore,  that  so  much  of  the  act  of  July  9,  1918,  above  referred  to,  as 
authorized  members  of  the  military  force  of  the  United  States  serving  in  the  present 
war  to  accept  decorations  from  certain  foreign  Governments  will  be  terminated  on 
March  2,  1922,  and  you  are  advised  accordingly.  (Opinion  of  the  Judge  Advocate  General 
of  July  30,  1921.) 


58  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

374.  Fourrageres. — The  fourragere  is  a  decoration  instituted  by  Napoleon  I 
for  units  which  had  distinguished  themselves  in  battle.    It  was  revived  during 
the  AVorld  War  and  was  awarded  by  the  French  Ministry  of  War  to  organiza- 
tions which  were  cited  more  than  once  in  the  French   Orders  of  the  Army. 
Officers  entitled  thereto  shall  habitually  wear  the  silk  or  wool  fourragere  (pars. 
'458,  459)  on  all  uniform  coats,  the  evening  dress  jacket,  and  on  the  overcoat. 
Enlisted  men  entitled  thereto  shall  habitually  wear  the  wool  fourragere  (par. 
6596)  on  all  coats  and  on  the  overcoat,  except  on  police  duty  or  when  engaged 
in  manual  labor. 

375.  Manner  of  wearing  fourragere. — The  fourragere  shall  be  worn  attached 
to  left  shoulder,  and  under  aiguillettes  if  they  also  are  worn.     The  silk  four- 
ragere will  be  attached  by  fastening  the  loop  on  the  pencil  end  to  the  left 
shoulder-strap  button  underneath  the  strap,  the  brass  pencil  hanging  down  in 
front,  and  passing  the  fourragere  over  the  left  shoulder  and  then  under  the 
arm,  the  loop  under  the  trefoil  being  attached  to  the  same  button,  over  the 
shoulder  strap.     When  worn  with  the  evening  dress  jacket,  the  silk  fourragere 
will  be  similarly  attached.    The  wool  fourragere  will  be  attached  by  fastening 
the  loop  at  end  of  fourragere  to  the  left  shoulder-strap  button  underneath  the 
strap,  passing  the  fourragere  under  the  left  arm,  and  fastening  the  loop  on  the 
pencil  end  to  the  same  button,  under  the  strap,  allowing  the  brass  pencil  to 
hang  down   in  front.     When  worn  with  the  evening  dress  jacket,  the  wool 
fourragere  will  be  similarly  attached.     The  miniature  fourragere   (pars.  457, 
€59a)  will  be  worn  with  civilian  dress  only,  at  the  option  of  the  holder. 

BADGES. 

376.  Qualification  and  miscellaneous  badges. — The  term  •*  badge  "  as  used  in 
this    chapter    comprehends    all    medals    and    badges    mentioned  in    the    re- 
mainder of  this  section.    Badges  are  divided  into  two  classes,  namely,  qualifica- 
tion badges   awarded  for  excellence  in  small-arms  firing,   and   miscellaneous 
badges  recognized  for  wear  by  the  Navy  Department. 

377.  Requalification  bars. — Following  the  award  of  the  original  qualification 
badge  as  expert  rifleman,  sharpshooter,  and  expert  pistol  shot,  a  bar  is  issued 
for  each  three  such  qualifications,  not  necessarily  consecutive,  the  bar  being 
attached  to  its  respective  qualification  badge  between  the  pin  and  the  badge 
proper.    If  more  than  one  bar  is  awarded,  the  one  first  received  shall  be  upper- 
most. 

378.  Qualification  badges. — When  worn  with  decorations  and  medals,  qualifi- 
cation badges  shall  be  placed  to  their  left  with  the  uppermost  bar  of  badge,  if 
more  than  one,  on  a  line  with  the  holding  bar ;  when  worn  with  ribbons,  or  with 
the  naval  aviator  or  balloon  pilot  insignia  only,  they  shall  be  centered  one-fourth 
inch  below  the  ribbon  row  or  insignia ;  and  when  worn  alone,  they  shall  be  cen- 
tered between  the  center  line  of  coat  and  left  armhole  seam,  with  the  uppermost 
bar,  if  more  than  one,  midway  between  the  first  and  second  buttons  at  top  of 
coat.    Qualification  badges  shall  not  be  worn  with  miniature  medals  on  white 
dress  and  evening  dress.     Qualification  badges  shall  be  worn  from  right  to 
left  in  the  following  order : 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   II.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  59 

QUALIFICATION   BADGES, 

1.  Distinguished  marksman  (fig.  — )  ;  of  gold,  \vith  white  enamel  target. 

2.  Expert  team  rifleman,  United  States  Navy  (fig.  --)  ;  of  gold. 

3.  Distinguished  pistol  shot  (fig.  — )  ;  of  gold,  with  white  enamel  target. 

4.  Marine  Corps  rifle  competition  (figs.  — )  ;  three  badges — of  gold,  silver,  and 

bronze,  with  white  enamel  target.    Not  worn,  if  1  is  held. 

5.  Marine  Corps  division  rifle  competition   (figs.  — )  ;  three  badges — of  gold, 

silver,  and  bronze,  with  white  enamel  target.,    Not  worn  if  1  is  held. 

6.  Marine  Corps  pistol  competition   (figs.  — )  ;  three  badges— of  gold,  silver, 

and  bronze,  with  white  enamel  target.     Not  worn  if  3  is  held. 

7.  Marine  Corps  division  pistol  competition  (figs.  — )  ;  three  badges — of  gold, 

silver,  and  bronze,  with  white  enamel  target.     Not  worn  if  3  is  held: 

8.  Lauchheimer  trophy  medal   (figs.  — )  ;  three  badges — of  gold,  silver,  and 

bronze. 

9.  Expert  rifleman   (fig.  — )  ;  of  silver,  with  bar  when  awarded   (par.  377). 

Not  worn  if  1  is  held. 

10.  Sharpshooter    (fig.  — )  ;   of  silver,  with  bar  when  awarded    (par.  377;. 

Not  worn  if  1  or  9  is  held. 

11.  Marksman  (fig.  — )  ;  of  silver.     Not  worn  if  1,  9,  or  10  is  held. 

12.  Sharpshooter,  with  expert  rifleman's  bar,  United  States  Navy  (fig.  — )  ;  of 

bronze.     (No  longer  issued.)     (See  15.) 

13.  Expert  pistol  shot  (fig.  — )  ;  of  silver,  with  bar  when  awarded  (par.  377). 

Not  worn  if  3  is  held. 

14.  Pistol  shot,  first-class  (fig.  — )  ;  of  silver.     (No  longer  issued.)     Not  ico-rn 

if  3  or  13  is  held. 

15.  Expert  pistol  shot's  pin,  United  States  Navy   (figs.  — )  ;  of  bronze,  witli 

bars  when  awarded.     (No  longer  issued.)    Can  be  combined  with  12. 

16.  Medals  won  in  national  rifle  and  pistol  matches  and  medals  awarded  by 

the  National  Rifle  Association  of  America  for  excellence  in  shooting  in 
matches  held  under  the  auspices  of  that  association.  Worn  in  the  order 
won. 

379.  Under  conditions  prescribed,   the  foregoing   qualification   badges   shnll 
be  worn  with  the  dress  uniform  and,  by  members  of  the  Marine  Band,  with  the 
special  full-dress  and  full-dress  uniforms;  also,  except  No.  16  and  Nos.  4  to  7, 
inclusive,  with  the  undress  and  service  uniforms.     (See  par.  362.) 

MISCELLANEOUS  BADGES. 

380.  Miscellaneous  badges  comprise  the  following,  and  while  they  may  be  worn 
at  the  option  of  the  holder,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  no  decoration,  service 
medal,  good-conduct  or  other  medal,  ribbon,  or  qualification  badge  will  be  worn 
at  the  same  time : 

a.  Authorized  badges  of  military  societies.     Worn  in  order  of  dates  of 

wars  they  commemorate. 

b.  Medals  or  badges  issued  by  States,  counties,  or  municipalities  for  serv- 

ice in  the  World  War  or  other  wars. 


60  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

c.  Badge  of  the  Regular  Army  and  Navy  Union  and  of  the  Army  and 

Navy  Union  of  the  United  States. 

d.  Corps  and  division  badges  of  the  Civil  War,  Spanish- American  War, 

and  World  War.     Worn  in  order  of  dates  of  wars  they  commem- 
orate. 

e.  Badge  of  the  Enlisted  Men's  Abstinence  League. 

381.  Badges  of  military  societies  are  the  distinctive  medals  and  hadges  adopted 
by  societies  of  persons  who  have  served  in  the  Army,  Navy,  or  Marine  Corps 
during  various  wars,  campaigns,  or  expeditions  in  which  the  United  States  has 
been  engaged,  which  are  authorized  by  law  to  be  worn  by  officers  and  enlisted 
men  who  are  members  in  their  own  right.    Persons  who  by  right  of  inheritance 
and  election  are  members  of  such  societies  are  members  thereof  in  their  own 
right. 

382.  The  ribbon  of  the  American  Legion  may  also  be  worn  under  the  condi- 
tions prescribed  in  this  section. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  ARTICLES  OF  THE  UNIFORM  AND 

EQUIPMENT. 

COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS,  WARRANT  OFFICERS,  AND  PAY 
CLERKS;  LEADER,  MARINE  BAND. 

400.  Aiguillettes,  dress  (figs.  — ),  permanent  staff  officers;  aides-de-camp  as 
follows,  namely,  to  the  President,  to  the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of 
the  Navy,  on  the  personal  staff  of  a  flag  officer  of  the  Navy,  to  general  officers, 
and  to  visiting  foreign  officers;  officers  detailed  for  duty  at  the  White  House; 
leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  of  round  gold  cord  one-fourth  inch  in  diameter. 
To  consist  of  two  cords  made  in  three  plaits,  with  pencil  attachment  on  end  of 
each  plaited  cord,  and  of  two  loops  of  single  cord.     Rear  plaited  cord  28  inches 
and  front  plaited  cord  20  inches  long ;  front  single  cord  17  inches  and  rear  single 
cord  21  inches  long.     The  two  plaited  cords  and  front  single  loop  (after  latter 
has  been  passed  through  rear  single  loop)  to  be  securely  fastened  together  and 
have  a  1-inch  loop  of  No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421)  for  attaching  aiguillettes  to  top 
button  of  coat  or  button  or  hook  of  jacket,  rear  plaited  cord  crossing  over 
front  plaited  cord  and  fastening  underneath  front  plaited  cord  at  this  loop. 
From  point  where  cords  are  secured  together,   the   ^\vo  plaited  cords  to  be 
extended  as  single  cords  for  2  inches,  then  be  formed  into  coils  of  five  laps, 
ends  passing  through  coils  and  extending  tl>once  2  inches  to  gilt  pencil  attach- 
ments.    (See  Shoulder  knots,  par.  492. \ 

Pencil  attachments  (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  gold-plated  brass,  3.015  inches  long, 
cap  being  0.656  inch  and  pencil  2.359  inches  long.  Cap  to  have  six  leaves,  pencil 
to  have  two  miniatures  of  Marine  Corps  ornament  on  upper  part  and  two 
wreaths  on  lower  part,  these  decorations  being  in  relief  around  the  circum- 
ference. Smooth  surfaces  to  be  polished,  cap  or  upper  part  stamped,  lower  part 
hollow  cast,  turned,  milled,  and  knurled. 

401.  Aiguillettes,  service   (fig.  — ),  aides-de-camp  as  follows,  namely,  to  the 
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  on  the  personal  staff  of  a  flag 
officer  of  the  Navy,  to  general  officers,  and  to  visiting  foreign  officers. — To  be 
of  round  gold  wire  and  scarlet  cord,  one-fourth  inch  in  diameter,  and  consist 
of  two,  three,  or  four  loops  of  such  cord  sewed  one  to  another  all  the  way 
around.     Length  of  cords  forming  the  various  loops  to  be  as  follows:  That 
of  first  or  inside  loop,  27  inches;  of  second  loop,  28J  inches;  of  third  loop, 
29f  inches;  and  of  fourth  loop,  30f  inches.    Where  ends  meet,  cords  to  be 
fitted  with  a  bar  pin  approximately  1$  inches  long,  and  be  bound  together  with 

61 


62  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

No.  2  gold  braid  (par.  413),  braid  covering  ends  of  cord  and  bar  so  aiguillettes 
can  be  attached  to  end  of  coat  at  shoulder  just  inside  sleevehead  seam.  Loops 
to  be  so  arranged  as  to  lie  flat  in  a  horizontal  position  where  fastened  to 
shoulder  seam,  continuing  thus  about  half  their  length,  thence  twist  obliquely 
and  become  superimposed  vertically  around  lower  curve. 

402.  Aviation,  articles  of  the  uniform  and  equipment  for. — As  prescribed  by 
Uniform  Regulations,  United  States  Navy,   for  the  aviation  personnel  of  the 
Navy.     (See  par.  5.) 

403.  Band,   official   mourning.' — To   be  black   crepe  bund,  3   inches  wide,   of 
same  length  as  circumference  of  sleeve.      (See  Sword  knot,  official  mourning, 
par.  495.) 

404.  Baton  (fig.  — ),  leader,  Marine  Band.— To  be  of  polished  wood,  about  18 
inches  long ;  diameter,  one-half  inch  at  handle  tapering  to  one-eighth  inch  at  tip. 

405.  Belt,  officers,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (fig.  — ),  commissioned  officers;  leader, 
Marine  Band. — To  be  of  full-grain  brown  leather,  7  to  8  ounce,  2i  inches  wide. 
To  have  a  polished-brass  double  straight-tongue  buckle  securely  stitched  on  one 
end  with  leather  safe  3  inches  wide  at  extreme  point  securely  stitched  to  belt 
under  buckle,  safe  extending  1  inch  beyond  front  edge  of  belt.    A  polished-brass 
D  ring  in  a  leather  lug,  ring  being  large  enough  to  take  snap  hook  of  sword 
sling,  to  be  securely  riveted  with  solid  brass  split  rivet,  and  stitched  on  bottom 
of  belt  under  leather  lining,  at  a  distance  from  buckle  on»-fouvth  of  size  of  belt, 
size  of  belt  to  be  determined  by  length  from  inside  of  right-hand  bar  of  buckle 
to  center  set  of  two  holes  on  other  end,  size  to  be  stamped  on  top  side  of  buckle 
safe.     To  secure  end  of  belt  when  buckled,  a  solid  brass  stud  to  be  riveted  3i 
inches  from  front  end  of  belt,  and  a  sliding  leather  keeper  one-half  inch  wide 
to  be  placed  between  stud  and  D  ring.     Three  seven-eighths  inch  polished-brass 
D  rings  in  leather  lugs  to  be  securely  riveted  with  solid  brass  split  rivets,  and 
stitched  on  top  of  belt,  first  and  second  D  rings  under  leather  lining,  third  under 
a  leather  tab,  D  rings  and  lugs  to  be  placed  diagonally  so  as  to  be  in  straight 
prolongation  with  shoulder  straps.     First  and  second  D  rings  on  top  to  be  about 
5  inches  from  front  and  rear  of  D  riifg  on  bottom,  third  D  ring  on  top  to  be 
about  12*  inches  from  D  ring  on  bottom.     Belt  to  be  lined  with  2i  to  3-ounce 
full-grain  brown  leather,  stitched  along  top  and  bottom  edges  and  ending  in  a 
scroll  with  two  scroll  stitchings  down  panel  from  buckle.     Five  sets  of  two 
holes  each  and  five  single-slotted  holes,  for  fastening  buckle  and  stud,  respec- 
tively, to  be  placed  on  other  end  of  belt. 

Shoulder  straps. — Two  shoulder  straps,  each  as  follows :  About  35  inches  long, 
li  inches  wide,  tapering  to  a  width  of  1  inch  from  a  point  about  8  inches  from 
one  end,  to  have  six  holes  punched,  commencing  1J  inches  from  end  and  spaced 
seven-eighths  inch  apart ;  to  have  brass  stud  riveted  on  other  end  with  leather 
billet  securely  stitched  to  underside  of  strap,  with  slotted  hole  to.  button  on  stud 
after  engaging  in  rear  D  ring  on  belt.  A  1-inch  polished-brass  single- tongue 
buckle,  having  one  standing  loop  and  one  sliding  loop  of  leather  each  three- 
eighths  inch  wide,  to  be  securely  stitched  to  a  short  strap  about  5  inches  long, 
li  Inches  wide  at  bottom  end  and  tapering  to  1  inch  at  other  end,  with  leather 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS.   1922.  63 

billet  securely  stitched  to  underside,  with  slotted  hole  punched  at  free  end,  to 
button  on  brass  stud  riveted  on  lower  end  of  strap,  after  passing  through  front 
D  ring.  When  both  shoulder  straps  are  worn,  strap  which  engages  rear  right 
D  ring  and  passes  over  left  shoulder  to  engage  D  ring  attached  to  a  leather 
sliding  loop  slipped  over  end  of  belt  to  a  point  on  right  side  opposite  left  front  D 
ring. 

Slings. — See  dress  sword  slings  (par.  524)  and  undress  sword  slings  (par. 
525). 

To  be  according  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

406.  Belt,  undress,  warrant  officers  (figs.  — ),  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks. — 
To  be  the  same  as  officers'  belts,  Sam  Browne  pattern  (par.  405),  omitting  the 
shoulder  straps,  and  be  according  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department. 

407.  Belt,    sword,    full-dress    (figs.    — ).,    leader,    Marine    Band.— To    be    of 
white  morocco  leather  1£  inches  wide,  with  edges  turned  in  such  manner  a? 
to  give  appearance  of  a  welt.    Outside  covered  with  No.  4  gold  braid  (par.  415), 
sewed  on  leather  so  leather  will  show  welts  one-eighth  inch  wide  on  each  side 
of  gold  braid.    To  have  flat  gilt  metal  slide  (with  loop  projecting  from  bottom 
to  receive  snap  hook  of  slings)  engage  a  strip  of  leather  on  underside  of  belt, 
leather  strip  sewed  at  such  a  point  on  left  side  that  when  belt  is  worn  buckle 
will  be  at  center  of  waist  in  front,  top  of  side  sling  at  point  of  left  hip  bone, 
and  top  of  rear  sling  at  center  of  waist  in  back.     To  have  a  piece  of  leather 
curving  below  belt,  with  both  ends  sewed  to  belt  beneath  leather  strip  containing 
slide.     To  have  sliding  keeper  on  right  side  near  waist  plate,  of  same  material 
as  slings,  for  receiving  slack  end  of  belt  after  it  has  been  passed  through 
buckle  staple. 

Slings. — To  be  of  white  morocco  leather,  seven-eighths  inch  wide,  with  edges 
turned  in  same  manner  as  belt,  both  sides  to  be  covered  with  No.  6  gold  braid 
(par.  417),  sewed  on  leather  so  leather  will  show  welt  one-sixteenth  inch  wide 
on  each  side  of  gold  braid.  To  be  stitched  together  at  upper  ends  and  secured 
to  a  flat  gilt  metal  snap  hook,  snap  hook  to  be  provided  with  gilt  metal  hook 
to  receive  upper  ring  of  sword  scabbard  (par.  517).  Short  sling  to  permit 
ferrule  of  scabbard  to  touch  ground  1  foot  in  rear  of  line  of  toes  when  wearer 
is  standing  and  sword  is  unhooked  and  hanging  free,  long  sling  to  reach  lower 
ring  of  scabbard  with  sword  in  position  mentioned.  Gilt  snap  hooks  on  lower 
ends  of  slings  to  be  attached  by  single  gilt  buckles. 

Waist  plate  (fig.  — ). — To  be  gilt,  rectangular  in  shape,  2£  inches  wide  by 
3i  inches  long,  with  bright,  raised  rim.  Surface  to  be  ornamented  with  silver 
wreath  of  laurel  encircling  Arms  of  the  United  States ;  scroll  and  motto  "  E 
Pluribus  Unum "  thereon,  eagle,  shield,  stars,  and  rays  to  be  silvered,  and 
edges  of  clouds  which  encircle  stars  to  be  gilt. 

408.  Belt,  pistol,  web,  complete   (fig.  — ). — Consisting  of  belt,  cartridge  car- 
riers, and  suspenders.    According  to  respective  standard  samples  in  the  Quarter- 
master's Department.     See  haversack  (par.  464)   and  haversack  and  pack  car- 
rier (par,  465). 


64  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

409.  Belt,  trousers,  woven. — To  be  of  webbing,  If  inches  wide,  of  color  of 
summer  service  uniform,  and  be  according  to  standard  sample  of  trousers  belt 
for  enlisted  men  (par.  617)  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

410.  Boots,  black,  mounted  officers. — To  be  of  polished,  enamel,  or  patent 
leather,  closely  fitting  at  top,  reaching  to  about  2  inches  below  kneecap,  upper 
part  of  bootleg  to  be  stiffened;  with  spurs  and  black  strap^  (par.  527). 

411.  Boots,  russet  (fig.  — ),  mounted  officers;  authorized  (without  spurs)   for 
aviators  (par.  120). — To  be  of  russet  leather,  closely  fitting  at  top,  reaching  to 
about  2  inches  below  kneecap;  upper  part  of  bootleg  may  be  stiffened  if  de- 
sired.    Boots  may  be  of  type  with   short  lacing  over  instep  and   at   top  of 
outside  of  leg.    For  mounted  officers,  with  spurs  and  russet  straps  (par.  527). 

412.  Braid,  gold,  No.  1  (fig.  — ),  for  collar  of  evening  dress  jacket,  field  and 
commissioned  company  officers;  collar  of  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  coat, 
leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  made  of  gold  and  combed  cotton  thread,  cotton 
thread  to  be  orange  color.     Braid  to  be  1$  inches  wide  and  to  weigh  not  less 
than  580  grains  per  linear  yard;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave  with  fancy  edge.    To  be 
manufactured  firmly  and  accurately  as  to  design  and  be  free  from  imperfec- 
tions ;  warp  threads  must  be  well  covered,  and  all  cotton  threads  must  be  fast 
color.     According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

413.  Braid,  gold,  No.  2  (fig.  — ),  for  service  aiguillettes  ;  band  of  full-dress  and 
special  full-dress  cap,  leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  made  of  gold  and  combed 
cotton  thread,  cotton  thread  to  be  orange  color.     Braid  to  be  If  inches  wide 
and  to  weigh  not  less  than  555  grains  to  the  linear  yard ;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave 
with  plain  center  one-fourth  inch  wide.     To  be  manufactured  firmly  and  accur 
rately  as  to  design  and  be  free  from  imperfections ;   warp  threads  must  be 
well  covered,  and  all  cotton  threads  must  be  fast  color.     According  to  standard 
sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

414.  Braid,  gold,  No.  3  (fig.  — ),  for  collar  of  evening  dress  jacket,  field  and 
commissioned  company  officers;  sleeve  ornamentation  of  evening  dress  jacket, 
field  officers;  collar  of  full-dress  and  special   full-dress  coat,   leader,  Marine 
Band. — To  be  made  of  gold  and  combed  cotton  thread,  cotton  thread  to  be 
orange  color.     Braid  to  be  1*  inches  wide  and  to  weigh  not  less  than  540  grains 
to  the  linear  yard ;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave  with  fancy  edge.     To  be  manufactured 
firmly   and   accurately   as   to   design   and  be   free  from   imperfections;    warp 
threads  must  be  well  covered,  and  all  cotton  threads  must  be  fast  color.    Accord- 
ing to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

415.  Braid,  gold,  No.  4    (fig.  — ),  for  full-dress  sword   belt,   leader,   Marine 
Band. — To  be  made  of  gold,   scarlet   silk   and   orange-colored  combed  cotton 

.thread.  Braid  to  be  1£  inches  wide  and  to  weigh  not  less  than  545  grains  to 
the  linear  yard ;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave  with  scarlet  silk  center  three-sixteenths 
inch  wide.  To  be  manufactured  firmly  and  accurately  as  to  design  and  be  free 
from  imperfections;  warp  threads  must  be  well  covered,  and  all  silk  and 
cotton  threads  must  be  fast  color.  According  to  standard  sample  in  the 
Quartermaster's  Department. 

416.  Braid,  gold,  No.  5    (fig.  — ),  for  evening  dress  trousers,  commissioned 
officers;  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  trousers,  leader,  Marine  Band;  dress 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  65 

saddlecloth,  general  officers. — To  be  made  of  gold,  scarlet  silk,  and  orange- 
colored  combed  cotton  thread.  Braid  to  be  1£  inches  wide  and  to  weigh  not 
less  than  365  grains  to  the  linear  yard ;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave  with  scarlet 
silk  center  three-sixteenths  inch  wide.  To  be  manufactured  firmly  and  ac- 
curately as  to  design  and  be  free  from  imperfections ;  warp  threads  must  be 
well  covered,  and  all  silk  and  cotton  threads  must  be  fast  color.  According  to 
standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

417.  Braid,  gold,  No.  6  (fig.  — ),  for  dress  sword  slings;  full-dress  sword  slings, 
leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  made  of  gold,  scarlet  silk  and  orange-colored 
combed  cotton  thread.    Braid  to  be  three-fourths  inch  wide  and  weigh  not  less 
than  285  grains  to  the  linear  yard ;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave  with  scarlet  silk  cen- 
ter, one-eighth  inch  wide.    To  be  manufactured  firmly  and  accurately  as  to  de- 
sign and  be  free  from  imperfections ;  warp  threads  must  be  well  covered,  and  all 
silk  and  cotton  threads  must  be  fast  color.     According  to  standard  sample  in 
the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

418.  Braid,  gold,  No.  7    (fig.  — ),  for  chin  straps  of  all  dress  and  undress 
caps. — To  be  made  of  gold,  scarlet  silk  and  orange-colored  combed  cotton  thread. 
Braid  to  be  five-eighths  inch  wide  and  to  weigh  not  less  than  164  grains  to  the 
linear  yard ;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave  with  scarlet  silk  center,  one-sixteenth  inch 
wide.    To  be  manufactured  firmly  and  accurately  as  to  design  and  be  free  from 
imperfections ;  warp  threads  must  be  well  covered,  and  all  silk  and  cotton 
threads  must  be  fast  color.    According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quarter- 
master's Department. 

419.  Braid,  gold,  No.  7£    (fig.  — ),   for  chin  strap  of  full-dress  and  special 
full-dress  cap,  leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  made  of  gold,  scarlet  silk,  and 
orange-colored  combed  cotton  thread.    Braid  to  be  three-eighths  inch  wide  and 
to  weigh  not  less  than  100  grains  to  the  linear  yard;  to  be  fancy  rib  weave 
with    scarlet   silk   center   one-thirty-second    inch   wide.      To   be   manufactured 
firmly   and  accurately   as   to  design   and  be  free   from   imperfections;   warp 
threads  must  be  wrell  covered,  and  all  silk  and  cotton  threads  must  be  fast 
color.    According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

420.  Braid,  gold,  No.  8    (fig.  — ),  for  sleeve  ornamentation  of  evening  dress 
jacket,    commissioned   company    officers;    sleeve    ornamentation   and   front    of 
tunic  of  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  coat,  leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  made 
of  gold  thread,  tubular  woven  and  pressed  flat;  braid  to  be  three-eighths  inch 
wide  and  to  weigh  not  less  than  150  grains  to  the  linear  yard.    To  be  manufac- 
tured firmly  and  accurately  as  to  design  and  be  free  from  imperfections.     Ac- 
cording to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

421.  Braid,  soutache,  gold,  No.  9   (fig.  — ),  for  dress  aiguillettes ;  collar  and 
(except  general  officers)  sleeve  ornamentation  of  evening  dress  jackets;  collar 
and  sleeve  ornamentation  of  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  coat,  and  orna- 
mentation on  crown  of  full-dress  and   special   full-dress  cap,   leader,  Marine 
Band. — To  be  made  of  gold  and  orange-colored  combed  cotton  thread.     Braid 
to  be  one-eighth  inch  wide  and  to  weigh  not  less  than  60  grains  to  the  linear 
yard ;  to  be  flat  with  two  ribs.    To  be  manufactured  firmly  and  accurately  as 


66  UNIFORM  REQUISITIONS,   U.  S.   MARINE  .CORPS,   1922. 

to  design  and  be  free  from  imperfections ;  warp  threads  must  be  well  covered, 
and  all  cotton  threads  must  be  fast  color.  According  to  standard  sample  in  the 
Quartermaster's  Department. 

422.  Breeches,  dress,  Major  General  Commandant  and  other  general  officers. — 
To  be  of  dark-blue  doeskin,  serge,  cord,  or  other  material  of  adopted  stand- 
ard.    To  be  cut   loose   at   thigh,   tight  at  knee  and   from   knee   down,   with 
ample  length  from  hip  to  knee,  and  to  extend  to  a  point  just  above  ankle  joint. 
Outside  seam  of  each  leg  to  be  brought  well  to  the  front  and  carried  down  leg 
from  hollow  close  to  outside  of  kneecap.     This  seam  to  be  slit  from  kneecap 
down  and  fastened  with  either  lacing  or  small  black  bone  buttons,  or  both,  the 
eyelets  or  buttons  being  placed  close  together.     To  have  strapping  of  same 
material  as  breeches  over  contact  surface  on  inside  of  leg  and  knee,  extending 
from  a  little  below  point  reached  by  tops  of  boots  to  a  point  about  6  inches 
below  crotch.     Suspender  buttons  to  be  on  inside  of  waistband.     To  have  top 
pockets.    To  have  black  mohair  stripe  1£  inches  wide  down  outer  seam  of  each 
leg. 

423.  Breeches,  dress,  mounted  line  officers. — To  be  of  sky-blue  doeskin,  serge, 
cord,  or  other  material  of  adopted  standard.     To  be  cut  loose  at  thigh,  tight 
at  knee  and  from  knee  down,  with  ample  length  from  hip  to  knee,  and  to  ex- 
tend to  a  point  just  above  ankle  joint.     Outside  seam  of  each  leg  to  be  brought 
well  to  the  front  and  carried  down  leg  from  hollow  close  to  outside  of  kneecap. 
This  seam  to  be  slit  from  kneecap  down  and  fastened  with  either  lacing  or  small 
black  bone  buttons,  or  both,  the  eyelets  or  buttons  being  placed  close  together. 
To  have  strapping  of  same  material  as  breeches  over  contact  surface  on  inside 
of  leg  and  knee,  extending  from  a  little  below  the  point  reached  by  tops  of 
boots  to  a  point  about  6  inches  below  crotch.     Suspender  buttons  to  be  on 
inside  of  waistband.    To  have  top  pockets.    To  have  scarlet  stripe  1£  inches  wide 
down  outer  seam  of  each  leg. 

424.  Breeches,  dress,  permanent  staff  officers. — To  be  of  dark-blue  doeskin, 
serge,  cord,  or  other  material  of  adopted  standard.     To  be  cut  loose  at  thigh, 
tight  at  knee  and  from  knee  down,  with  ample  length  from  hip  to  knee,  and 
to  extend  to  a  point  just  above  ankle  joint.     Outside  seam  of  each  leg  to  be 
brought  well  to  the  front  and  carried  down  leg  from  hollow  close  to  outside  of 
kneecap.    This  seam  to  be  slit  from  kneecap  down  and  fastened  with  either 
lacing  or  small  black  bone  buttons,  or  both,  the  eyelets  or  buttons  being  placed 
close  together.    To  have  strapping  of  same  material  as  breeches  over  contact 
surface  on  inside  of  leg  and  knee,  extending  from  a  little  below  point  reached 
by  tops  of  boots  to  a  point  about  6  inches  below  crotch.     Suspender  buttons 
to  be  on  inside  of  waistband.    To  have  top  pockets.    To  have  scarlet  stripe  1£ 
inches  wide  down  outer  seam  of  each  leg. 

425.  Breeches,  service,  summer  (fig.  — ). — To  be  made  of  khaki-colored  cotton 
drill  or  gabardine  of  adopted  standard.    To  be  cut  loose  at  thigh,  tight  at  knee 
and  from  knee  down,  with  ample  length  from  hip  to  knee,  and  to  extend  to  a 
point  just  above  ankle  joint.    Outside  seam  of  each  leg  to  be  brought  well  to 
the  front  and  carried  down  leg  from  hollow  close  to  outside  of  kneecap.     This 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  67 

seam  to  be  slit  from  kneecap  down  and  fastened  with  either  lacing  or  small 
dark-colored  bone  buttons,  or  both,  the  eyelets  or  buttons  being  placed  close 
together.  For  officers  required  to  be  mounted,  to  have  strapping  of  same 
material  as  breeches  over  contact  surface  on  inside  of  leg  and  knee,  extending 
from  a  little  below  point  reached  by  tops  of  boots  or  leggings  to  a  point  about 
6  inches  below  crotch.  Suspender  buttons  to  be  on  inside  of  waistband,  which 
shall  have  six  belt  loops.  To  have  top  pockets,  and  hip  pockets  if  desired. 

426.  Breeches,  service,  winter  (fig.  — ). — To  be  made  of  green  serge,  whipcord, 
Bedford  cord,  or  other  woolen  material  of  adopted  standard.     To  be  cut  loose 
at  thigh,  tight  at  knee  and  from  knee  down,  with  ample  length  from  hip  to 
knee,  and  to  extend  to  a  point  just  above  ankle  joint.     Outside  seam  of  each 
leg  to  be  brought  well  to  the  front  and  carried  down  leg  from  hollow  close  to 
outside  of  kneecap.     This  seam  to  be  slit  from  kneecap  down  and  fastened  with 
either  lacing  or  small  dark-colored  bone  buttons,  or  both,  the  eyelets  or  buttons 
being  placed   close  together.     For  officers  required  to  be  mounted,   to  have 
strapping  of  same  material  as  breeches  over  contact  surface  on  inside  of  leg 
and  knee,  extending  from  a  little  below  point  reached  by  tops  of  boots  or 
leggings  to  a  point  about  6  inches  below  crotch.     Suspender  buttons  to  be  on 
inside  of  waistband,  which  shall  have  six  belt  loops.    To  have  top  pockets, 
and  hip  pockets  if  desired. 

427.  Breeches,  undress,  white,  authorized  for  all  officers. — To  be  made  of 
white  duck  or  drill.    To  be  cut  loose  at  thigh,  tight  at  knee  and  from  knee 
down,  with  ample  length  from  hip  to  knee,  and  to  extend  to  a  point  just  above 
ankle  joint.     Outside  seam  of  each  leg  to  be  brought  well  to  the  front  and 
carried  down  leg  from  hollow  close  to  outside  of  kneecap.    This  seam  to  be  slit 
from  kneecap  down  and  fastened  with  either  lacing  or  buttons,  or  both,  the 
eyelets  or  buttons  being  placed  close  together.     For  mounted  use,  to  have  strap- 
ping of  same  material  as  breeches  over  contact  surface  on  inside  of  leg  and 
knee,  extending  from  a  little  below  point  reached  by  tops  of  boots  or  leggings 
to  a  point  about  6  inches  below  crotch.     Suspender  buttons  to  be  on  inside  of 
waistband,  which   shall  have  six  belt  loops.     To  have  top  pockets,  and  hip 
pockets  if  desired. 

428.  Button,  Marine  Corps  Reserve   (fig.  — ). — According  to  standard  sample 
in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

429.  Biittons,  cuff. — To  be  plain  gold. 

430.  Buttons,  uniform,  bronze   (figs.  — ). — To  be  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal, 
circular,  convex,  and  with  Marine  Corps  device  keenly  stamped  on  surface,  in 
following  sizes:   45-ligne,   for  overcoat;  40-ligne,   for  service  coats;  27-ligne, 
for  service  coats  and,  with  screw-post  mount,  for  chin  straps  of  service  caps; 
and  25-ligne,  for  shoulder  straps  of  overcoat.    According  to  respective  standard 
samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

431.  Buttons,  uniform,  gilt    (figs.  — ). — To  be  fire-gilt  or  electroplated,  cir- 
cular, convex,  and  with  Marine  Corps  device  keenly  stamped  on  surface,  in 
following  sizes:  40-ligne,  for  dress  and  undress  coats;  35-ligne,  for  full-dress 
and  special  full-dress  coat,  leader,  Marine  Band;  and  27-ligne.   for  shoulder 


68  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

knots,  waistcoat,  dress  and  undress  coats,  evening  dress  jackets,  and,  with 
screw-post  mount,  for  chin  straps  of  dress  and  undress  caps,  and  full-dress  and 
special  full-dress  cap,  leader,  Marine  Band.  According  to  respective  standard 
samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

432.  Canteen,  model  1910,  complete  (fig.  — ). — Consisting  of  canteen,  cup,  and 
cover.     According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

433.  Cap,  dress1    (fig.  — ),  Major   General   Commandant  and   oilier  general 
officers. — To  be  of  fine  dark-blue  cloth  of  adopted  standard. 

Height. — Front  3f  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position ) ,  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band. 

Croivn. — Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge 
of  crown,  measuring  9|  inches  in  width  and  10|  inches  in  length  for  size  7 
(crown  being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for 
each  size  above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality  black 
satin,  to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to 
be  stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra  quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or 
furniture  cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  upper 
welt  on  band  to  edge  of  crown,  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center 
If  inches,  rear  approximately  1£  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  ma- 
terial placed  on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear 
ornamentation. 

Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on 
band  and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw-post  of  gold  and  silver  cap 
ornament  (par.  507).  Two  black  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth 
inch,  li  inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and 
edge  of  crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Sweafban-d. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  blue-black  velvet  If  inches  wide,  placed  between 
welts  one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom  of  cap. 
Band  underneath  velvet  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Black  patent  leather,  lined  with  green  leather,  bound  around  lower 
edge  with  black  patent  leather,  and  covered  on  upper  side  with  dark-blue  cloth 
bearing  ornamentation.  Slope,  angle  of  approximately  45°  for  sizes  up  to 
and  including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to  approximately  40°  from  horizontal 
for  sizes  7$  and  above.  Width,  measuring  outside,  If  inches  at  front  center, 
curving  to  a  point  at  each  end ;  total  length  of  upper  edge  where  joined  to  cap, 
measuring  outside,  approximately  9*  inches  from  point  to  point. 

Chin  strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather,  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered 
with  No.  7  gold  braid  (par.  418),  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to 
27-ligne  gilt  button  on  screw-post  mount  (par.  431),  just  beyond  end  of  visor, 
center  of  screw-post  five-sixteenths  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather 

1  Former  regulation  dress,  undress,  and  service  caps,  and  full-dress  and  special  full- 
dress  cap,  leader,  Marine  Band,  may  be  worn  until  no  longer  serviceable. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  69 

slide  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with  same  braid,  to  be  about  1  inch  from 
each  end  of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four  loops 
(each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows  of 
one-eighth-inch  black  silk  tubular  braid,  diameter  of  knot  6£  inches,  and  each 
double  loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part.  Ornamentation  on 
visor  (fig.  — )  to  be  embroidered  in  gold,  and  consist  of  oak  leaves  and  acorns 
pointing  away  from  center  of  visor,  joined  to  each  side  of  a  stem  following 
curve  of  visor.  At  bottom  of  visor  in  center,  stem  to  be  intersected  by  an 
obtuse  angle,  from  each  end  of  which  shall  issue  a  narrow  cord,  to  pass  upward 
through  the  space  between  stem  and  angle  and  form  three  small  loops.  In  addi- 
tion, the  cap  of  the  Major  General  Commandant,  only,  to  have  the  gold  and 
silver  cap  ornament  encircled  by  wreath  of  oak  leaves  embroidered  in  gold 
(fig.  — ). 

434.  Cap,  dress*  (fig.  — ),  field  officers. — To  be  of  fine  dark-blue  cloth  of 
adopted  standard. 

Height. — Front  3f  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position),  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band. 

Crown. — Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge  of 
crown,  measuring  9|  inches  in  width  and  lOf  inches  in  length  for  size  7  (crown 
being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for  each  size 
above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality  black  satin,  to 
be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to  be  stiffened 
in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra  quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or  furniture  cloth, 
reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  uppper  welt  on  band  to 
edge  of  crown,  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center  If  inches,  rear 
approximately  1£  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  material  placed  on 
inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear  ornamentation. 

Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on 
band  and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw-post  of  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament 
(par.  507).  Two  black  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth  inch,  1£ 
inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and  edge  of 
crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Sweatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather,  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  lustrous  black  mohair  If  inches  wide,  placed 
between  welts  one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom 
of  cap.  Band  underneath  mohair  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Black  patent  leather,  lined  with  green  leather,  bound  around  lower 
edge  with  black  patent  leather,  and  covered  on  upper  side  with  dark-blue  cloth 
bearing  ornamentation.  Slope,  angle  of  approximately  45°  for  sizes  up  to  and 
including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to  approximately  40°  from  horizontal  for  sizes 
7J  and  above.  Width,  measuring  outside,  If  inches  at  front  center,  curving  to 

*  See  footnote  1  on  p.  68. 


70  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

a  point  at  each  end ;  total  length  of  upper  edge  where  joined  to  cap,  measuring 
outside,  approximately  9£  inches  from  point  to  point. 

Chin  strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather,  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered 
with  No.  7  gold  braid  (par.  418),  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to 
27-ligne  gilt  button  on  screw-post  mount  (par.  431),  just  beyond  end  of  visor, 
center  of  screw-post  five-sixteenths  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather 
slide  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with  same  braid,  to  be  about  1  inch  from 
each  end  of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four  loops 
(each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows  of 
one-eighth-inch  black  silk  tubular  braid,  diameter  of  knot  6£  inches,  and  each 
double  loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part.  Ornamentation  on 
visor  (fig.  - — )  to  be  embroidered  in  gold,  and  consist  of  a  line  of  oak  leaves  and 
acorns  on  each  side  of  the  visor  and  following  the  curve  thereof,  with  tips  of 
leaves  toward  the  center  of  visor. 

435.  Cap,  dress2  (fig.  — ),  company  officers,  warrant  officers,  and  pay  clerks; 
leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  of  fine  dark-blue  cloth  of  adopted  standard. 

Height. — Front  3J  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position),  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band. 

Crown. — Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge 
of  crown,  measuring  9|  inches  in  width  and  10$  inches  in  length  for  size  7 
(crown  being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for 
each  size  above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality  black 
satin,  to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to 
be  stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra  quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or 
furniture  cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  upper 
welt  on  band  to  edge  of  crown,  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center 
If  inches,  rear  approximately  li  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  material 
placed  on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear  orna- 
mentation. 

Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on 
band  and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw  post  of  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament 
(par.  507).  Two  black  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth  inch, 
1£  inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and  edge 
of  crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Stceatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  lustrous  black  mohair  If  inches  wide,  placed 
between  welts  one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom 
of  cap.  Band  underneath  mohair  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Vi-sor. — Black  patent  leather,  lined  with  green  leather,  and  bound  around 
lower  edge  with  black  patent  leather.  Slope,  angle  of  approximately  45°  for 
sizes  up  to  and  including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to  approximately  40°  from  hori- 
zontal for  sizes  7$  and  above.  Width,  measuring  outside,  If  inches  at  front 

8  See  footnote  1  on  p.  08. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  71 

center,  curving  to  a  point  at  each  end ;  total  length  of  upper  edge  where  Joined 
to  cap,  measuring  outside,  approximately  9i  inches  from  point  to  point. 

Ghin  strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather,  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered 
with  No.  7  gold  braid  (par.  418),  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to 
27-1  igne  gilt  button  on  screw-post  mount  (par.  431),  just  beyond  end  of  visor, 
center  of  screw  post  five-sixteenths  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather 
slide  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with  same  braid,  to  be  about  1  inch  from 
each  end  of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four 
loops  (each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows 
of  one-eighth-inch  black  silk  tubular  braid,  diameter  of  knot  6$  inches,  and 
each  double  loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part. 

436.  Cap,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress2  (fig.  — ),  leader,  Marine  Band. — 
To  be  of  fine  dark-blue  cloth  of  adopted  standard. 

Height. — Front  3f  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position ) ,  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band. 

Crown. — Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge 
of  crown,  measuring  9|  inches  in  width  and  10|  inches  in  .length  for  size  7 
(crown  being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for 
each  size  above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality  black 
satin,  to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  .seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to 
be  stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra  quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or 
furniture  cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  upper 
welt  on  band  to  edge  of  crown,  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center  If 
inches,  rear  approximately  1£  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  material 
placed  on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear  orna- 
mentation. 

Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on 
band  and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw  post  of  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament 
(par.  507).  Two  black  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth  inch,  1} 
inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and  edge  of 
crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Sweatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — -Vertical  band  of  No.  2  gold  braid  (par.  413),  placed  between  welts 
one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom  of  cap,  welts 
and  portion  showing  beneath  lower  welt  being  of  dark-blue  cloth.  Band  under- 
neath gold  braid  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Black  patent  leather,  lined  with  green  leather,  and  bound  around 
lower  edge  with  black  patent  leather.  Slope,  angle  of  approximately  45°  for 
sizes  up  to  and  including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to  approximately  40°  from 
horizontal  for  sizes  7&  and  above.  Width,  measuring  outside,  If  inches  at  front 
center,  curving  to  a  point  at  each  'end ;  total  length  of  upper  edge  where  joined 

to  cap,  measuring  outside,  approximately  9i  inches  from  point  to  point. 

.  _____ — _ 1 , , 

*  See  footnote  1  on  p.  G8. 
106429°— 22 6 


72  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

Chin  strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather,  three-eighths  inch  wide,  covered 
with  No.  7$  gold  braid  (par.  419),  attached  by  eyelets  on  each  side  of  band  to 
27-ligne  gilt  button  on  screw-post  mount  (par.  431),  just  beyond  end  of  visor, 
center  of  screw  post  five-sixteenths  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather 
slide  three-eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with  same  braid,  about  1  inch  from  each 
end  of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four  loops 
(each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows  of 
No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421),  diameter  of  knot  6£  inches,  and  each  double  loop 
3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part. 

437.  Cap,  garrison  vfigs.  — ),  officers  on  tropical  duty. — To  be  made  of  khaki 
suiting  of  adopted  standard,  of  same  color  as  summer  service  uniform,  and 
to  be  equal  in  all  respects  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. To  be  soft  folding  cap,  lined  with  standard  drab  jean,  top  to  curve 
from  front  to  rear,  3  inches  high  in  front,  5  inches  in  center,  and  4  inches  in 
rear.  To  have  a  flap  upturned  from  bottom,  3  inches  high  in  rear  slanting  to 
2  inches  in  front.  Flap  crossing  to  extend  on  outside  from  top  of  flap  in  front 
to  a  point  at  bottom  on  right  side  4£  inches  from  front.  Inner  edge  of  flap  to 
be  taped  with  five-eighths  inch  standard  khaki  tape.  Edges  of  cap  to  have 
one-sixteenth-inch  stitching;  flap  to  have  three-eighths-inch  double  stitching 
around  edge.  Where  cap  folds,  to  be  tacked,  3£  inches  from  back  and  3J 
inches  from  front.  To  have  eyelet  hole  centered  in  flap  on  left  side  2  inches 
from  front,  to  receive  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament  (par.  506),  insignia  of  rank 
of  commissioned  officers  being  placed  on  right  side  opposite  ornament,  as  pre- 
scribed in  Chapter  V. 

£38.  Cap,  service,  summer  2  (fig.  — ). — To  be  made  of  cotton  drill  or  gabardine 
of  adopted  standard,  of  same  khaki  shade  as  summer  service  uniform. 

Height. — Front  3|  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position),  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band. 

Crown. — Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge  of 
crown,  measuring  95  inches  in  width  and  lOf  inches  in  length  for  size  7  (crown 
being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for  each  size 
above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings  of  fine  quality  khaki-colored 
satin,  to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to  be 
stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra-quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or  fur- 
niture cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  upper  welt 
on  band  to  edge  of  crown  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center  1J 
inches,  rear  approximately  1£  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  material 
placed  on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear  orna- 
mentation. 

Eyelets.— Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on 
band  and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw  post  of  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament 
(par.  506).  Two  brown  enameled  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth 

»  See  footnote  1  on  p.  68. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922,  73 

inch,  1$  inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and 
edge  of  crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Sweatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  khaki-colored  mohair  If  inches  wide,  placed  be- 
tween welts  one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom 
of  cap.  Band  underneath  mohair  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Oak-tanned  grain  leather,  olive-drab  shade,  lined  with  green  leather, 
and  bound  around  lower  edge  with  leather  of  olive-drab  shade.  Slope,  angle  of 
approximately  45°  for  sizes  up  to  and  including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to 
approximately  40°  from  horizontal  for  sizes  7£  and  above.  Width,  measuring 
outside,  If  inches  at  front  center,  curving  to  a  point  at  each  end ;  total  length 
of  upper  edge  where  joined  to  cap,  measuring  outside,  approximately  9*  inches 
from  point  to  point. 

Chin  strap.— Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather  one-half  inch  wide,  of  same  color 
as  visor,  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to  27-ligne  bronze  button  on 
screw-post  mount  (par.  430)  just  beyond  end  of  visor,  center  of  screw  post 
one-fourth  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band,  with  leather  slide  one-half  inch 
wide,  of  same  color  as  chin  strap,  1  inch  from  each  end  of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four  loops 
(each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows  of 
one-eighth  inch  khaki-colored  silk  tubular  braid,  diameter  of  knot  6*  inches, 
and  each  double  loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part. 

NOTE. — It  desired,  a  cap  may  be  worn  consisting  of  a  cap  cover  of  the  same  material 
and  design  as  the  summer  service  cap,  placed  over  a  skeleton  frame,  the  whole  to  present 
the  same  appearance  in  all  respects  as  the  summer  service  cap. 

439.  Cap,  service,  winter,2  (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  fine  cloth  or  serge  of  adopted 
standard,  of  same  green  shade  as  winter  service  uniform. 

Height. — Front  3f  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position),  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  wp.lt  on  band. 

Crown.— Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge 
of  crown,  measuring  9|  inches  in  width  and  10|  inches  in  length  for  size  7 
(crown  being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for 
each  size  above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality 
.green  material,  to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or 
quarters  to  be  stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra-quality  haircloth,  seating 
cloth,  or  furniture  cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from 
upper  welt  on  band  to  edge  of  crown  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at 
center  If  inches,  rear  approximately  1£  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable 
material  placed  on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to 
bear  ornamentation. 

Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on 
band  and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw  post  of  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament 

2  See  footnote  1  on  p.  68. 


74  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

(par.  506).  Two  brown  enameled  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth 
inch,  13  inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and 
edge  of  crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Sweatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather,  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  green  mohair  If  inches  wide,  placed  between  welts 
one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom  of  cap.  Band 
underneath  mohair  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Oak-tanned  grain  leather,  olive-drab  shade,  lined  with  green  leather, 
and  bound  around  lower  edge  with  leather  of  olive-drab  shade.  Slope,  angle 
of  approximately  45°  for  sizes  up  to  and  including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to 
approximately  40°  from  horizontal  for  sizes  7£  and  above.  Width,  measuring 
outside,  If  inches  at  front  center,  curving  to  a  point  at  each  end;  total  length 
of  upper  edge  where  joined  to  cap,  measuring  outside,  approximately  9i  inches 
from  point  to  point. 

Chin  strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather  one-half  inch  wide,  of  same  color 
as  visor,  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to  27-ligne  bronze  button  on 
screw-post  mount  (par.  430),  just  beyond  end  of  visor,  center  of  screw  post 
one-fourth  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather  slide,  one-half  inch  wide, 
of  same  color  as  chin  strap,  1  inch  from  each  end  of  strap. 

,  Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four 
loops  (each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows 
of  one-eighth  inch  green  silk  tubular  braid,  diameter  of  knot  6£  inches,  and  each 
double  loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part.  % 

440.  Cap,  undress,  white2  (fig.  — ),  Major  General  Commandant  and  other 
general  officers. — To  be  of  white  duck. 

Height. — Front  3f  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has 
fallen  into  position),  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band. 

Crown. — Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge  of 
crown,  measuring  9&  inches  in  width  and  lOf  inches  in  length  for  size  7  (crown 
being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for  each  size 
above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality  white  material, 
to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to  be 
stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra  quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or 
furniture  cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  upper  welt 
on  band  to  edge  of  crown,  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center  If  inches, 
rear  approximately  li  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  material  placed 
on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear  ornamentation. 
•  Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band 
and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw  post  of  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament 
(par.  507).  Two  white-enameled  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth 
inch,  li  inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and 
edge  of  crown..  (See  Chin  strap.) 

*  See  footnote  1  011  p.  68. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  75 

Sweatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  white  braid  If  inches  wide,  placed  between  welts 
one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom  of  cap,  such 
welt  and  portion  showing  beneath  it  being  of  dark-blue  cloth.  Band  underneath 
white  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Black  patent  leather,  lined  with  green  leather,  bound  around  lower 
edge  with  black  patent  leather,  and  covered  on  upper  side  with  dark-blue  cloth 
bearing  ornamentation.  Slope,  angle  of  approximately  45°  for  sizes  up  to  and1 
including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to  approximately  40°  from  horizontal  for  sizes 
7i  and  above.  Width,  measuring  outside,  If  inches  at  front  center,  curving  to 
a  point  at  each  end ;  total  length  of  upper  edge  where  joined  to  cap,  measuring 
outside,  approximately  9$  inches  from  point  to  point. 

Chm  strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather,  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered 
with  No.  7  gold  braid  (par.  416),  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to  27- 
ligne  gilt  button  on  screw-post  mount  (par.  431),  just  beyond  end  of  visor, 
center  of  screw  post  five-sixteenths  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather 
slide  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with  same  braid,  to  be  about  1  inch  from 
each  end  of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four 
loops  (each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows 
of  one-eighth-inch  white  tracing  braid,  diameter  of  knot  6£  inches,  and  each 
double  loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part.  Ornamentation  on 
visor  (fig.  — )  to  be  embroidered  in  gold,  and  consist  of  oak  leaves  and  acorns 
pointing  away  from  center  of  visor,  joined  to  each  side  of  a  stem  following 
curve  of  visor.  At  bottom  of  visor  in  center,  stem  to  be  intersected  by  an  obtuse 
angle,  from  each  end  of  which  shall  issue  a  narrow  cord,  to  pass  upward 
through  space  between  stem  and  angle  and  form  three  small  loops. 

NOTE. — If  desired,  a  cap  may  be  worn  consisting  of  a  cap  cover  of  the  same  material 
and  design  as  the  white  undress  cap,  placed  over  a  skeleton  frame,  the  whole  to  present 
the  same  appearance  in  all  respects  as  the  white  undress  cap. 

441.  Cap,  undress,  white2  (fig.  — ),  field  officers. — To  be  of  white  duck. 

Height. — Front  3f  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position),  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band.  ' 

Croum. — -Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge  of 
crown,  measuring  9£  inches  in  width  and  10f  inches  in  length  for  size  7  (crown 
being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for  each  size 
above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality  white  material, 
to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to  be 
stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra  quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or 
furniture  cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  upper 
welt  on  band  to  edge  of  crown,  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center  If 
inches,  rear  approximately  1£  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  material 

2  See  footnote  1  on  p.  68. 


76  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

placed  on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear  orna- 
mentation. 

Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on 
band  and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw  post  of  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament 
(par.  507).  Two  white  enameled  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth 
inch,  1£  inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and 
edge  of  crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Sweatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  white  braid  If  inches  wide,  placed  between  welts 
one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom  of  cap,  such 
welt  and  portion  showing  beneath  it  being  of  dark-blue  cloth.  Band  under- 
neath white  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Black  patent  leather,  lined  with  green  leather,  bound  around  lower 
edge  with  black  patent  leather,  and  covered  on  upper  side  with  dark-blue 
cloth  bearing  ornamentation.  Slope,  angle  o^  approximately  45°  for  sizes 
up  to  and  including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to  approximately  40°  from  horizontal 
for  sizes  7|  and  above.  Width,  measuring  outside,  If  inches  at  front  center, 
curving  to  a  point  at  each  end ;  total  length  of  upper  edge  where  joined  to  cap, 
measuring  outside,  approximately  9i  inches  from  point  to  point. 

Chin  strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather,  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered 
with  No.  7  gold  braid  (par.  418),  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to 
27-ligne  gilt  button  on  screw-post  mount  (par.  431),  just  beyond  end  of  visor, 
center  of  screw  post  five-sixteenths  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather 
slide  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with  same  braid,  to  be  about  1  inch  from 
each  end  of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four  loops 
(each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows  of 
one-eighth-inch  white  tracing  braid,  diameter  of  knot  6$  inches,  and  each 
double  loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part.  Ornamentation  on 
vis'or  (fig.  — )  to  be  embroidered  in  gold,  and  consist  of  a  line  of  oak  leaves 
and  acorns  on  each  side  of  the  visor  and  following  the  curve  thereof,  with  tips 
of  leaves  toward  the  center  of  visor. 

NOTE. — If  desired,  a  cap  may  be  worn  consisting  of  a  cap  cover  of  the  same  material 
and  design  as  the  white  undress  cap,  placed  over  a  skeleton  frame,  the  whole  to  present 
the  same  appearance  in  all  respects  as  the  white  undress  cap. 

442.  Cap,  undress,  white2  (fig.  — )  company  officers,  warrant  officers,  and  pay 
clerks;  leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  of  white  duck. 

Height. — Front  3|  inches,  sloping  to  2  inches  in  rear  (after  crown  has  fallen 
into  position),  both  measurements  outside  from  top  of  lower  welt  on  band. 

Crown. — Slightly  oval,  slack  in  rear,  with  steel  grommet  sewed  into  edge  of 
crown,  measuring  9|  inches  in  width  jind  10§  inches  in  length  for  size  7  (crown 
being  one-eighth  inch  larger  or  smaller  in  both  width  and  length  for  each  size 
above  or  below  size  7).  Crown  and  side  linings,  of  fine  quality  white  material. 

*  See  footnote  1  on  p.  68. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  77 

to  be  neatly  fitted  and  joined  to  the  welt  seams.  Flare  or  quarters  to  be 
stiffened  in  front  with  a  piece  of  extra  quality  haircloth,  seating  cloth,  or 
furniture  cloth,  reinforced  with  two  upright  steel  stays.  Flare  from  upper  welt 
on  band  to  edge  of  crown,  to  measure  in  front  2  inches,  sides  at  center  If  inches, 
rear  approximately  li  inches.  Top  of  crown  to  have  suitable  material  placed 
on  inside  as  protection  from  perspiration.  Top  of  crown  to  bear  ornamentation. 

Eyelets. — Eyelet,  front  center  line  of  cap  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band 
and  edge  of  crown,  to  receive  screw  post  of  gold  and  silver  cap  ornament  (par. 
507.)  Two  white  enameled  metal  ventilators,  inside  diameter  one-eighth  inch, 
14  inches  apart,  on  each  side  midway  between  upper  welt  on  band  and  edge 
of  crown.  (See  Chin  strap.) 

Sweatband. — To  be  of  full  roan  leather  If  inches  wide,  upper  edge  neatly 
turned  under  and  cemented ;  to  be  neatly  felled  in  the  cap. 

Bands. — Vertical  band  of  white  braid  If  inches  wide,  placed  between  welts 
one-sixteenth  inch  wide,  lower  welt  one-eighth  inch  above  bottom  of  cap,  such 
welt  and  portion  showing  beneath  it  being  of  dark-blue  cloth.  Band  underneath 
white  band  to  be  shellacked  wicker. 

Visor. — Black  patent  leather,  lined  with  green  leather,  and  bound  around 
lower  edge  with  black  patent  leather.  Slope,  angle  of  approximately  45°  for 
sizes  up  to  and  including  size  7,  and  decreasing  to  approximately  40°  from  hori- 
zontal for  sizes  7J  and  above.  Width,  measuring  outside,  If  inches  at  front 
center,  curving  to  a  point  at  each  end ;  total  length  of  upper  edge  where  joined 
to  cap,  measuring  outside,  approximately  9$  inches  from  point  to  point. 

Chin-strap. — Sliding  chin  strap  of  leather,  five-eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with 
No.  7  gold  braid  (par.  418),  attached  by  eyelet  on  each  side  of  band  to  27-ligne 
gilt  button  on  screw-post  mount  (par.  431),  just  beyond  end  of  visor,  center  of 
screw  post  five-sixteenths  inch  above  lower  welt  on  band.  Leather  slide  five- 
eighths  inch  wide,  covered  with  same  braid,  to  be  about  1  inch  from  each  end 
of  strap. 

Ornamentation. — On  top  of  crown  to  be  knot  (fig.  — )  composed  of  four  loops 
(each  loop  continuing  in  a  smaller  loop)  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows  of 
one-eighth-inch  white  tracing  braid,  diameter  of  knot  64  inches,  and  each  double 
loop  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  widest  part. 

NOTE. — If  desired,  a  cap  may  be  worn  consisting  of  a  cap  cover  of  the  same  material 
and  design  as  the  white  undress  cap,  placed  over  a  skeleton  frame,  the  whole  to  present 
the  same  appearance  in  all  respects  as  the  white  undress  cap. 

443.  Cape,  rain,  leader,  Marine  Band;  authorized  for  all  officers. — To  be  of 
rubber  cloth  or  waterproof  material  of  same  color  as  winter  service  uniform, 
cut  to  fit  figure  loosely,  and  reaching  to  a  point  about  8  inches  below  knee 
when  wearer  is  in  standing  position. 

444.  Case,  dispatch  and  map. — With  message  book,  notebook,  and  black  and 
colored  pencils.     According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment.    . 

445.  Chevrons,  wound  (fig.  — ),  for  dress,  undress,  and  service  coats,  and  the 
overcoat.— To  be  V-shaped  gold  bar,  one-fourth  inch  wide  and  2  inches  long, 


78  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

stitched  with  sewing  silk  of  same  color  as  chevron  to  background  of  same 
material  as  coat  upon  which  chevron  is  worn,  background  to  extend  one- 
sixteenth  inch  all  around.  If  more  than  one,  chevrons  to  be  one-fourth  inch 
apart.  According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

446.  Cloak   (fig.  — ),  commissioned  officers;  leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be  of 
dark-blue  cloth  of  adopted  standard,  lined  with  scarlet  cloth. 

Body. — To  be  cut  to  form  three-quarters  of  a  circle  and  reach  to  a  point  about 
2  inches  below  knee  when  wearer  is  in  standing  position.  Front  and  bottom 
edges  to  be  trimmed  with  flat  black  mohair  braid  one-half  inch  wide. 

Collar. — To  be  of  black  velvet,  standing  rolling  type,  l$-inch  stand  and  leaf 
4  inches  wide,  closed  by  two  black  hooks  and  corresponding  eyes  at  neck  and 
four  small  black  buttons  down  right  front  edge  with  corresponding  buttonholes 
under  a  fly  flap  on  left  front  edge. 

Agraffe. — Of  round  black  mohair  braid,  three-sixteenths  inch  in  diameter,  to 
be  from  18  to  24  inches  long  across  front,  with  black  mohair-covered  frog  If 
inches  long  on  each  side  of  point  of  shoulder,  agraffe  being  permanently  attached 
to  frog  on  left  side  and  buttoning  over  frog  on  right  side ;  to  have  three  knots, 
one  at  center  and  one  midway  between  center  and  each  end,  with  a  black-covered 
slide  1  inch  long  on  each  side  between  center  and  end  knots. 

Pockets. — There  may  be  inside  pockets  on  one  or  both  sides  if  desired. 

447.  Coat,  dress    (figs.  — ). — To  be  of  dark-blue  cloth  or  serge  of  adopted 
standard. 

Body. — Single-breasted  sack,  lined  with  black,  extending  1  inch  to  1$  inches 
below  the  crotch,  according  to  height  of  wearer,  and  cut  to  fit  figure  easily, 
with  hook  vent  in  back  (reaching  to  bottom)  10  to  12  inches  long,  depending 
upon  height  of  wearer.  To  have  two  welted  gore  seams  on  each  side,  extend- 
ing from  neck  at  front  to  top  of  upper  pocket,  about  1$  inches  apart  at  collar 
and  2  inches  apart  at  pocket.  To  have  brass  hook  on  each  side  seam  at  waist, 
to  support  Sam  Browne  belt  in  proper  position.  Left  side  seam  to  have  hori- 
zontal opening  about  2  inches  long,  for  sword  slings  suspended  from  belt  under- 
neath coat,  opening  provided  with  fly  on  inside.  Cuffs  to  be  3  inches  wide  on 
undersleeve,  curving  to  a  point  6  inches  wide  at  center  of  top  sleeve.  Seams  to 
be  plain;  edges  of  coat,  pockets,  and  flaps,  and  upper  edges  of  cuffs  to  have  one 
row  of  plain  stitching  one-eighth  inch  from  edge. 

Collar. — Standing,  well  stiffened,  square  corners,  If  to  2  Inches  high,  lined 
with  white,  hooks  and  eyes  at  top  and  bottom ;  with  flap  underneath  to  cover 
collar  opening.  To  be  joined  to  body  of  coat  in  such  manner  that  collar  is 
upright  and  fits  neck  closely  at  top  and  bottom.  To  have  worked  eyelets  if 
collar  ornaments  or  insignia  having  screw  posts  are  worn. 

Shoulder  straps. — To  have  two  shoulder  straps,  lined  with  black  silk  or 
serge  lining,  sewed  in  at  shoulder  seam  only  and  extending  to  bottom  of  collar. 
width  3  inches  at  shoulder  seam,  tapering  to  1J  inches  at  point  1  inch  from 
collar  end,  collar  end  rounded  and  attached  to  coat  through  buttonhole  by 
button  sewed  to  coat. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  79 

Pockets. — To  have  one  or  two  inside  breast  pockets  placed  as  desired,  and 
four  outside  patch  pockets  with  flaps,  two  upper  and  two  lower.  Upper 
pockets,  one  on  each  breast,  to  have  top  of  flap  on  line  with  second  buttonhole, 
approximate  inside  dimensions  7  inches  deep  by  6  inches  wide,  lower  corners 
rounded,  with  vertical  plait  in  center  1£  inches  wide.  Lower  pockets,  one  on 
each  side,  bellows  style,  to  have  top  of  flap  1  inch  below  lowest  buttonhole,  bot- 
tom slightly  above  bottom  of  coat,  approximate  inside  dimensions  10  inches  deep, 
9  inches  wide  at  top,  10  inches  wide  at  bottom ;  bellows  2£  inches  wide  inside, 
one  edge  seamed  and  stitched  to  pocket,  other  edge  turned  in  and  neatly 
stitched  to  coat,  corners  mitered  permitting  pocket  to  lie  close  to  coat,  lower 
edge  of  pocket  and  bellows  rounded. 

Flaps. — To  be  of  2-ply  material,  same  width  as  pocket,  stitched  just  above 
pocket  opening,  with  vertical  buttonhole  in  point  to  accommodate  button  sewed 
to  pocket.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  for  top  pockets  2  inches  at  ends, 
curving  to  point  3  inches  in  center.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  for  lower 
pockets  2£  inches  at  ends,  curving  to  point  4  inches  in  center. 

NOTE. — Dimensions  shown  for  pockets  and  flaps  are  for  coat  of  average  size,  and  may 
be  slightly  increased  or  decreased  according  to  size  and  form  of  wearer. 

Buttons. — To  have  five  equally  spaced  40-ligne  gilt  buttons  (par.  431)  on 
right  side,  top  buttonhole  three-fourths  inch  below  collar  opening,  lowest  button 
at  waistline  and  1  inch  above  top  of  lower  pocket.  Shoulder  straps  and 
pockets  to  have  27-ligne  gilt  buttons. 

Insignia. — To  have  the  following  insignia  placed  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V : 
On  shoulder  straps,  the  insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers,  iiisignin 
worn  by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks,  and  insignia  of  leader,  Marine  Band ; 
on  collar,  the  gold  and  silver  collar  ornaments  and,  if  indicated,  the  gold  or 
silver  .collar  insignia. 

448.  Coat,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (fig.  — ),  leader,  Marine  Band.— To 
be  of  dark-blue  cloth  of  adopted  stan  lard. 

Body. — Single-breasted  tunic,  lined  with  black  silk,  extending  1  inch  to  1£ 
inches  below  the  crotch,  according  to  height  of  wearer,  and  cut  to  fit  figure 
easily.  Front  of  tunic  to  have  three  vertical  rows  of  35-ligne  gilt  buttons 
(par.  431),  each  row  having  seven  buttons,  adjacent  rows  being  7  inches  apart 
at  top  and  6  inches  apart  at  bottom.  Front  of  tunic  to  be  trimmed  across  with 
seven  parallel  double  rows  of  No.  8  gold  braid  (par.  420),  extending  to  outside 
buttons  and  there  forming  two  overlapping  loops.  On  each  side,  midway  be- 
tween center  of  coat  and  outside  button,  braid  to  form  a  loop  on  upper  and 
lower  side  of  each  such  double  row.  Front  and  bottom  edges  of  coat  to  be 
piped  with  one-eighth-inch  scarlet  cloth.  Skirt  in  back  to  be  closed,  and  to 
have  two  vertical  rows  of  such  scarlet  piping,  spaced  about  equidistant  from 
sides  and  extended  12  inches  from  bottom,  with  35-ligne  gilt  button  at  upper 
end  of  each  row. 

Collar  (fig.  — ). — Corners  in  front  square,  with  hooks  and  eyes  at  top  and 
bottom,  joined  to  body  of  coat  close  to  neck  in  such  manner  that  collar  is  upright 
and  fits  tfeck  closely  at  top  and  bottom,  top  and  front  edges  piped  with  one- 


80  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

eighth-inch  scarlet  cloth.  To  be  either  HH  or  2&  inches  high,  the  lii-inch  collar 
trimmed  with  No.  3  gold  braid  (par.  414),  and  the  2^-inch  collar  trimmed  with 
No.  1  gold  braid  (par.  412),  braid  extending  from  lower  edge  of  piping  at  top. 
To  have  No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421),  one-eighth  inch  below  braid  on  collar,  ex- 
tend around  neck  and  cover  the  seam,  such  braid  to  form  one  vertical  loop  and 
two  horizontal  loops  in  center  of  back,  and  be  turned  up  in  front  one-eighth  inch 
to  meet  scarlet  piping  on  front  edges  of  collar.  Horizontal  loops  to  be  2f  inched 
long  from  end  to  end,  and  each  loop  five-eighths  inch  wide;  vertical  loop  liJ 
inches  long  and  seven-eighths  inch  wide,  all  measurements  from  outside  edges 
of  braid. 

Shoulder  knots  and  aiguillettes. — To  have  shoulder  knots  (par.  492),  the 
shoulder  being  fitted  with  metal  attachments  for  fastening  same,  with  dress 
aiguillettes  (par.  400)  permanently  attached  to  left  shoulder  knot  and  suspended 
from  top  button  in  center  of  coat. 

Sleeve  ornamentation  (fig.  — ). — To  be  a  knot  of  No.  8  gold  braid  (par.  420), 
with  No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421)  placed  on  both  edges  throughout  knot,  both 
braids  to  be  evenly  carried  from  bottom  of  knot  around  entire  sleeve  and 
joined.  Outer  edge  of  whole  knot  thus  formed  and  both  sides  of  accompanying 
strip  extending  around  circumference  of  sleeve  to  have  abutting  rows  of  double 
overhand  loops  one-half  inch  in  diameter  made  of  No.  9  gold  braid,  except  at 
lower  angle  of  knot,  where  braid  is  to  form  a  design  of  open  scrollwork  to  a 
point  one-eighth  inch  from  bottom  of  sleeve.  Height  of  knot  from  top  to  angle 
at  bottom,  8£  inches;  width  of  knot  at  widest  point,  5*}  inches;  diamond  at 
center  of  knot,  about  seven-eighths  inch  high  and  five-eighths  inch  wide ;  from 
angle  at  bottom  of  knot  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  3  inches ;  from  bottom  of  No.  8  gold 
braid  at  sides  of  sleeve  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  2£  inches. 

449.  Coat,  service,  summer  (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  cotton  drill  or  gabardine, 
khaki  shade,  of  a-dopted  standard. 

Body. — Single-breasted  sack,  unlined,  extending  1  inch  to  li  inches  below  the 
crotch,  according  to  height  of  wearer,  and  cut  to  fit  figure  easily,  with  hook 
vent  in  back  (reaching  to  bottom)  10  to  12  inches  long,  depending  upon  height 
of  wearer.  To  have  two  welted  gore  seams  on  each  side,  extending  from  neck 
at  front  to  top  of  upper  pocket,  about  1^  inches  apart  at  collar  and  2  inches 
apart  at  pocket.  Cuffs  to  be  3  inches  wide  on  undersleeve,  curving  to  point  6 
inches  wide  at  center  of  top  sleeve.  Seams  to  be  plain ;  edges  of  coat,  pockets, 
and  flaps  and  upper  edges  of  cuffs  to  have  one  row  of  plain  stitching  one-eighth 
inch  from  edge. 

Collar. — Standing,  well  stiffened,  square  corners,  If  to  2  inches  high,  hooks 
and  eyes  at  top  and  bottom;  with  flap  underneath  to  cover  collar  opening.  To 
be  joined  to  body  of  coat  in  such  manner  that  collar  is  upright  and  fits  neck 
closely  at  top  and  bottom.  To  have  worked  eyelets  if  collar  ornaments  or 
insignia  having  screw  posts  are  worn. 

Shoulder  straps. — To  have  two  shoulder  straps  sewed  in  at  shoulder  seam  only 
and  extending  to  bottom  of  collar,  width  3  inches  at  shoulder  seam,  tnoering  to 
1:}  inches  at  point  1  inch  from  collar  end,  collar  end  rounded  and  attached  to 
coat  through  buttonhole  by  detachable  button  fastened  to  coat. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  81 

Pockets. — To  have  four  outside  patch  pockets  with  flaps,  two  upper  and  two 
lower.  Upper  pockets,  one  on  each  breast,  to  have  top  of  flap  on  line  with 
second  buttonhole,  approximate  inside  dimensions  7  inches  deep  by  6  inches 
wide,  lower  corners  rounded,  with  vertical  plait  in  center  1£  inches  wide. 
Lower  pockets,  one  on  each  side,  bellows  style,  to  have  top  of  flap  1  inch  below 
lowest  buttonhole,  bottom  slightly  above  bottom  of  coat,  approximate  inside 
dimensions  10  inches  deep,  9  inches  wide  at  top,  10  inches  wide  at  bottom; 
bellows  2i  inches  wide  inside,  one  edge  seamed  and  stitched  to  pocket,  other 
edge  turned  in  and. neatly  stitched  to  coat,  corners  mitered,  permitting  pocket 
to  lie  close  to  coat,  lower  edge  of  pocket  and  bellows  rounded. 

Flaps. — To  be  of  2-ply  material,  same  width  as  pocket,  stitched  just  above 
pocket  opening,  with  vertical  buttonhole  in  point  to  accommodate  detachable 
button  fastened  to  pocket.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  for  top  pockets  2  inches 
at  ends,  curving  to  point  3  inches  in  center.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  for 
lower  pockets  2£  inches  at  ends,  curving  to  point  4  inches  in  center. 

NOTE. — Dimensions  shown  for  pockets  and  flaps  are  for  coat  of  average  size,  and  may 
be  slightly  increased  or  decreased  according  to  size  and  form  of  wearer. 

Buttons. — Five  equally  spaced  40-ligne  bronze  buttons  (par.  430),  on  right 
side,  top  buttonhole  three-fourths  inch  below  collar  opening,  lowest  button  at 
waistline  and  1  inch  above  top  of  lower  pocket.  Shoulder  straps  and  pockets  to 
have  27-ligne  bronze  buttons.  All  buttons  to  be  detachable  and  worked  eyelets 
to  be  provided  for  them. 

Insignia. — To  have  the  following  insignia  placed  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V : 
On  shoulder  straps,  the  insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers,  insignia  worn 
by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks,  and  insignia  of  leader,  Marine  Band ;  on 
collar,  the  bronze  collar  ornaments  and,  if  indicated,  the  bronze  collar  insignia. 

450.  Coat,  service,  winter  (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  green  kersey,  serge,  whipcord, 
Bedford  cord,  or  other  woolen  material  of  adopted  standard. 

Body. — Single-breasted  sack,  lined  with  green,  extending  1  inch  to  1£  inches 
below  the  crotch,  according  to  height  of  wearer,  and  cut  to  fit  figure  easily, 
with  hook  vent  in  back  (reaching  to  bottom)  10  to  12  inches  long,  depending 
upon  height  of  wearer.  To  have  two  welted  gore  seams  on  each  side,  extending 
from  neck  at  front  to  top  of  upper  pocket,  about  1£  inches  apart  at  collar  and  2 
inches  apart  at  pocket.  To  have  brass  hook  on  each  side  seam  at  waist,  to  sup- 
port Sam  Browne  belt  in  proper  position.  Cuffs  to  be  3  inches  wide  on  under- 
sleeve,  curving  to  point  6  inches  wide  at  center  of  top  sleeve.  Seams  to  be 
plain ;  edges  of  coat,  pockets,  and  flaps,  and  upper  edges  of  cuffs  to  have  one 
row  of  plain  stitching  one-eighth  inch  from  edge. 

Collar. — Standing,  well  stiffened,  square  corners,  If  to  2  inches  high,  lined 
with  green,  hooks  and  eyes  at  top  and  bottom ;  with  flap  underneath  to  cover 
collar  opening.  To  be  joined  to  body  of  coat  in  such  manner  that  collar  is 
upright  and  fits  neck  closely  at  top  and  bottom.  To  have  worked  eyelets  if 
collar  ornaments  or  insignia  having  screw  posts  are  worn. 


82  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

Shoulder  straps. — To  have  two  shoulder  straps,  lined  with  green,  sewed  in  at 
shoulder  seam  only  and  extending  to  bottom  of  collar,  width  3  inches  at  shoulder 
seam,  tapering  to  If  inches  at  point  1  inch  from  collar  end,  collar  end  rounded 
and  attached  to  coat  through  buttonhole  by  button  sewed  to  coat. 

Pockets. — To  have  one  or  two  inside  breast  pockets  placed  as  desired,  and 
four  outside  patch  pockets  with  flaps,  two  upper  and  two  lower.  Upper  pockets, 
one  on  each  breast,  to  have  top  of  flap  on  line  with  second  buttonhole,  approxi- 
mate inside  dimensions  7  inches  deep  by  6  inches  wide,  lower  corners  rounded, 
with  vertical  plait  in  center  1£  inches  wide.  Lower  pockets,  one  on  each  side, 
bellows  style,  to  have  top  of  flap  1  inch  below  lowest  buttonhole,  bottom 
slightly  above  bottom  of  coat,  approximate  inside  dimensions  10  inches  deep,  9 
inches  wide  at  top,  10  inches  wide  at  bottom ;  bellows  2$  inches  wide  inside,  one 
edge  seamed  and  stitched  to  pocket,  other  edge  turned  in  and  neatly  stitched 
to  coat,  corners  mitered,  permitting  pocket  to  lie  close  to  coat,  lower  edge  of 
pocket  and  bellows  rounded. 

Flaps. — To  be  of  2-ply  material,  same  width  as  pocket,  stitched  just  above 
pocket  opening,  with  vertical  buttonhole  in  point  to  accommodate  button  sewed 
to  pocket.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  for  top  pockets  2  inches  at  ends,  curving 
to  point  3  inches  in  center.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  for  lower  pockets  2£ 
inches  at  ends,  curving  to  point  4  inches  in  center. 

NOTE. — Dimensions  shown  for  pockets  and  flaps  are  for  coat  of  average  size,  and  may 
be  slightly  increased  or  decreased  according  to  size  ajad  form  of  wearer. 

Buttons. — Five  equally  spaced  40-ligne  bronze  buttons  (par.  430)  on  right 
side,  top  buttonhole  three-fourths  inch  below  collar  opening,  lowest  button  at 
waistline  and  1  inch  above  top  of  lower  pocket.  Shoulder  straps  and  pockets 
to  have  27-ligne  bronze  buttons. 

Insignia. — To  have  the  following  insignia  placed  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V : 
On  shoulder  straps,  the  insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers,  insignia  worn 
by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks,  and  insignia  of  leader,  Marine  Band;  on 
collar,  the  bronze  collar  ornaments  and,  if  indicated,  the  bronze  collar  in- 
signia. 

451.  Coat,  undress,  white  (figs.  — ). — To  be  of  white  duck  or  drill. 

Body. — Single-breasted  sack,  unlined,  extending  1  inch  to  1£  inches  below  the 
crotch,  according  to  height  of  wearer,  and  cut  to  fit  figure  easily,  with  hook 
vent  in  back  (reaching  to  bottom)  10  to  12  inches  long,  depending  upon 
height  of  wearer.  To  have  two  welted  gore  seams  on  each  side,  extending 
from  neck  at  front  to  top  of  upper  pocket,  about  li  inches  apart  at  collar 
and  2  inches  apart  at  pocket.  Left  side  seam  to  have  horizontal  opening 
about  2  inches  long,  for  sword  slings  suspended  from  belt  underneath  coat, 
opening  provided  with  fly  on  inside.  Cuffs  to  be  3  inches  wide  on  undersleeve, 
curving  to  point  6  inches  wide  at  center  of  top  sleeve.  Seams  to  be  plain; 
edges  of  coat,  pockets  and  flaps,  and  upper  edges  of  cuffs  to  have  one  row  of 
plain  stitching  one-eighth  inch  from  edge. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  83 

Collar. — Standing,  well  stiffened,  square  corners,  If  to  2  inches  high,  hooks 
and  eyes  at  top  and  bottom ;  with  flap  underneath  to  cover  collar  opening.  To 
be  joined  to  body  of  coat  in  such  manner  that  collar  is  upright  and  fits  neck 
closely  at  top  and  bottom.  To  have  worked  eyelets  if  collar  ornaments  or 
insignia  having  screw-posts  are  worn. 

Shoulder  straps. — To  have  two  shoulder  straps  sewed  in  at  shoulder  seam 
only  and  extending  to  bottom  of  collar,  width  3  inches  at  shoulder  seam, 
tapering  to  If  inches  at  point  1  inch  from  collar  end,  collar  end  rounded  and 
attached  to  coat  through  buttonhole  by  detachable  button  fastened  to  coat. 

Pockets. — To  have  four  outside  patch  pockets  with  flaps,  two  upper  and  two 
lower.  Upper  pockets,  one  on  each  breast,  to  have  top  of  flap  on  line  with 
second  buttonhole,  approximate  inside  dimensions  7  inches  deep  by  6  inches 
wide,  lower  corners  rounded,  with  vertical  plait  in  center  1$  inches  wide. 
Lower  pockets,  one  on  each  side,  bellows  style,  to  have  top  of  flap  1  inch  below 
lowest  buttonhole,  bottom  slightly  above  bottom  of  coat,  approximate  inside 
dimensions  10  inches  deep,  9  inches  wide  at  top,  10  inches  wide  at  bottom, 
bellows  2£  inches  wide  inside,  one  edge  seamed  and  stitched  to  pocket,  other 
edge  turned  in  and  neatly  stitched  to  coat,  corners  mitered  permitting  pocket 
to  lie  close  to  coat,  lower  edge  of  pocket  and  bellows  rounded. 

Flaps. — To  be  of  2-ply  material,  same  width  as  pocket,  stitched  just  above 
pocket  opening,  with  vertical  buttonhole  in  point  to  accommodate  detachable 
button  fastened  to  pocket.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  for  top  pockets  2  inches 
at  ends,  curving  to  point  3  inches  in  center.  Approximate  depth  of  flaps  fol- 
lower pockets  2£  inches  at  ends,  curving  to  point  4  inches  in  center. 

NOTE. — Dimensions  shown  for  pockets  and  flaps  are  for  coat  of  average  size,  and  may 
be  slightly  increased  or  decreased  according  to  size  and  form  of  wearer. 

Buttons.— Five  equally  spaced  40-ligne  gilt  buttons  (par.  431)  on  right  side, 
top  buttonhole  three-fourths  inch  below  collar  opening,  lower  button  at  waist- 
line and  1  inch  above  top  of  lower  pocket.  Shoulder  straps  and  pockets  to  have 
27-ligne  gilt  buttons.  All  buttons  to  be  detachable  and  worked  eyelets  to  be 
provided  for  them. 

Insignia. — To  have  the  following  insignia  placed  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V : 
On  shoulder  straps,  the  insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers,  insignia  worn 
by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks,  and  insignia  of  leader,  Marine  Band ;  on 
collar,  the  gold  and  silver  collar  ornaments  and,  if  indicated,  the  gold  or  silver 
collar  insignia. 

452.  Collar.— To  be  white,  of  linen,  standing,   straight  edge,  without  flaps, 
and  of  such  height  as  to  show  not  to  exceed  one-fourth  inch  above  collar  of 
coat  or  jacket.     ( See  White  shirts,  par.  520. ) 

453.  Compass.— According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. 

454.  Cover,  cap,  rubber,  authorized  for  all  officers. — To  be  of  rubber  or  other 
waterproof  material,  of  same  approximate  green  color  as  winter  service  uniform, 
and  of  such  size  that  it  will  neatly  fit  over  caps. 


84  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

455.  Equipment,  horse,  mounted  officers. — To  consist  of  the  following,  and  be 
according  to  respective  standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department » 

a.  Bag,  feed. 
*6.  Bag,  saddle. 

c.  Blanket,  saddle  (or  pad). 

d.  Bridle: 

Ornament,  browband,  bronze. 

e.  Brush,  horse. 

f.  Cincha. 

g.  Cover,  horse. 
7i.  Currycomb. 

i.  Halter: 
Strap. 

/.  Saddle,  leather,  russet,  complete. 

k.  Saddlecloth,  dress,  general  officers  (dark-blue  cloth  trimmed  with  No.  5 
gold  braid  (par.  416),  with  scarlet-leather  Marine  Corps  ornament 
in  flank  corners  of  cloth,  and  silver  insignia  of  rank  1*  inches  in 
diameter  (pars.  482,  483)  above  ornament). 

Saddlecloth,  dress,  other  mounted  officers  (dark-blue  cloth,  with  scarlet- 
leather  Marine  Corps  ornament  in  flank  corners  of  cloth). 

I.  Saddlecloth,  field,  all  mounted  officers  (khaki-colored  cotton  duck,  with 
russet-leather  Marine  Corps  ornament  in  flank  corners  of  cloth,  and, 
for  general  officers,  with  bronze  insignia  of  rank  1£  inches  in  di- 
ameter (pars.  482,  483)  above  ornament). 

m.  Spurs  and  straps  (par.  527). 

n.  Surcingle. 

456.  Flashlight,    electric.— According    to    standard    sample    in    the    Quarter- 
master's Department. 

457.  Fourragere,  miniature  (fig.  — ). — To  be  made  of  red  and  green  silk,  the 
same  shade  as  full-size  silk  fourragere,  and  fitted  with  brass  ferrule  or  point 
twenty-one  thirty-seconds  inch  long,  plaited  portion,  and  triple  knot.    To  have  a 
silver  bar  1|  inches  long  and  three  thirty-seconds  inch  in  diameter,  fitted  with 
round  knob  at  each  end,  made  in  two  parts,  one  part  being  in  the  form  of  a 
pin  which  enters  the  other  part,  which  is  tubular.    Bar  to  run  parallel  with  two 
cords  of  silk,  the  same  size  as  that  used  in  body  of  fourragere ;  plaited  portion 
of  fourragere  to  form  a  semicircle,  each  end  of  silver  bar  passing  through  loops 
at  end  of  plaited  portion.     Bar  to  weigh  not  less  than  29  grains;  fourragere 
complete  to  weigh  48  grains.     According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quarter- 
master's Department. 

458.  Fourragere,    silk    (fig.  — ). — To.  be  made  of   seven    thirty-seconds-inch 
diameter  tubular  knit  silk  cord,  red  and  green  colored,  center  thoroughly  filled 
with  cotton  yarn,  over  which  tubular  braid  is  formed,  red  and  green  yarn  to  be 
fast  color  and  of  shade  used  in  French  croix  de  guerre  ribbon.     Length  over 
all  to  be  42  inches.     Cord  to  have  a  firmly  plaited  portion  24  inches  long ;  to  be 
knotted  four  times  commencing  3  inches  from  plaited  portion ;  to  be  fitted  with 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  85 

a  small  green  loop  for  passing  over  button  at  end  of  knot  toward  plaited  por- 
tion. At  3i  inches  from  knot  there  shall  be  fitted  a  bi\.  J  gilded  milled  point 
or  ferrule  2J  inches  long,  fitted  with  one-half-inch  brass  ring  to  cover  stitching 
of  metal  point  to  tubular  cord,  metal  point  complete  to  weigh  240  grains.  At 
the  other  end  of  fourragere  there  shall  be  a  large  three-leaf  knot  made  of  the 
cord  used  in  body  of  fourragere,  to  which  shall  be  fitted  a  small  green  loop  for 
engaging  button  on  coat  or  shoulder  knot.  Total  weight  of  fourragere,  2$ 
ounces.  According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

459.  Fourragere,  wool    (fig.  — ). — To  be  made  of  seven  thirty-seconds  inch 
diameter  tubular  knit  wool  cord,  red  and  green  colored,  center  thoroughly  filled 
with  cotton  yarn  over  which  tubular  braid  is  formed,  red  and  green  yarn  to  be 
fast  color  and  of  shade  used  in  French  croix  de  guerre  ribbon.     Length  over 
all  to  be  38  inches.     Cord  to  have  a  firmly  plaited  portion  22*  inches  long ;  to 
be  fitted  with  two  small  green  loops  to  pass  over  a  25  or  27-ligne  button,  one  loop 
placed  at  metal-tipped  end  2$  inches  from  plaited  portion,  other  loop  placed  in 
prolongation  of  upper  end  of  fourragere.     At  metal-tipped  end,   cord  to  be 
knotted  four  times  commencing  2|   inches  from  loop,  and  at  2*  inches  from 
knot  thus  formed  there  shall  be  fitted  a  brass  point  or  ferrule  2|  inches  long, 
plain  ringed,  with  one-half-inch  brass  ring  to  cover  stitching  of  metal  point  to 
tubular  cord,  metal  point  complete  to  weigh  227  grains.    Total  weight  of  four- 
ragere approximately  2  ounces.    According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quarter- 
master's Department. 

460.  Glasses,  field,  complete. — Consisting  of  case  (with  slings),  compass,  and 
field   glasses    (with   slings).     According  to   standard   sample  in   the  Quarter- 
master's Department. 

461.  Gloves,  gray    (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  gray  buckskin,   with  clasps  of  same 
shade,  lined  or  unlined ;  may  have  plain  stitching  of  same  color  on  back. 

462.  Gloves,  white    (fig.  — ).— To  be  of  white  kid   (with  white  stitching,  if 
stitched),  of  white  leather,  and  of  white  lis!e  thread. 

463.  Hat,  field  (figs.  — ). — To  be  of  fine  felt  of  adopted  standard,  of  fast  drab 
color,  and  be  according  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
of  field  hat  for  enlisted  men   (par.  662).     Crown  to  be  5i  inches  high,  shape 
being  Montana  peak,  with  four  indentations  pressed  in  by  best  method  so  as  to 
be  as  permanent  as  possible.     Brim  to  be  2|  inches  wide,  thoroughly  pressed 
flat,  stitched  at  edge  with  two  rows  of  mercerized  cotton  thread,  and  stiffened 
so  it  will  not  sag  or  lose  its  shape. 

Bands. — Hatband  to  be  a  ribbed-silk  ribbon  (cotton  filling,  silk  warp)  1  inch 
wide,  of  same  color  as  hat,  with  hand-sewed  bow  of  same  material  as  band. 
Sweatband  to  be  approximately  If  inches  wide,  unturned,  of  roan  leather  with 
ruled  edge,  having  a  reed  attached  by  a  zigzag  stitch,  reed  covered  with  oiled- 
muslin  backing  not  less  than  one-half  inch  wide  and  of  double  thickness 
throughout. 

Eyelets. — To  have  three  three-sixteeuths-inch  brass-enameled  eyelets  In  crown, 
one  on  each  side  for  ventilation,  and  one  at  a  point  on  front  center  line  to 
receive  bronze  cap  and  hat  ornament  (par.  506),  each  eyelet  2f  inches  above 


86  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

base  of  crown,  measuring  from  center  of  eyelet.  Brim  to  have  a  five-sixteenths- 
inch  oblong  bras^-bronzed  eyelet  on  each  side,  placed  as  close  as  possible  to 
crown,  5  inches  11-0111  front  and  center  of  crown,  measuring  to  center  of  eyelet, 
to  receive  head  strap  for  holding  hat  on  head,  head  strap  passing  around  hat- 
band in  front. 

Head  strap. — To  be  of  3  to  4-ounce  russet  grain  leather,  one-fourth  inch  wide, 
26£  inches  long  over  all,  slightly  pointed  at  one  end,  and  fitted  at  other  end  with 
regulation  brass-bronzed  buckle  secured  by  bifurcated  rivet. 

Hat  cord. — To  be  placed  around  outside  of  base  of  crown  of  hat,  and  be  as 
follows : 

a.  General  officers. — To  be  of  two  rows  of  three-sixteenths-inch  gold  cord, 
both  ends  and  one  loop  held  together  by  a  sliding  keeper  five-eighths  inch  long 
and  five-eighths  inch  in  diameter,  with  an  inside  diameter  of  three-eighths  inch. 
Each  end  of  cord  projecting  beyond  sliding  keeper  to  be  finished  with  an  acorn 
of  same  material  li  inches  long,  diameter  of  cup  five-eighths  inch  and  of  kernel 
three-eighths  inch. 

b.  All  other  officers. — To  be  of  two  rows  of  three-sixteenths-inch  gold  and 
scarlet  cord,  held  together  by  a  sliding  keeper  three-fourths  inch  long  and  five- 
eighths  inch  in  diameter,  covered  with  gold  and  scarlet  of  same  design  as  cord. 
Each  end  of  cord  projecting  beyond  sliding  keeper  to  be  finished  with  an  acorn  1 
inch  long,  lower  part  of  which  is  to  be  covered  with  gold  thread  showing  a 
woven  stripe  of  scarlet  silk,  width  of  gold  and  silk  stripe  to  be  same  as  in  the 
cord,  cupule  of  acorn  to  be  covered  with  gold  thread  of  same  material  as  cov- 
ering for  cord,  but  to  show  no  scarlet  stripe. 

464.  Haversack,  complete  (fig.  — ).— To  be  attached  to  web  pistol  belt   (par. 
408).     To  embody  the  following: 

a.  Can,  meat. 

b.  Fork : 

Scabbard. 

c.  Knife: 

Scabbard. 

d.  Spoon. 

Haversack  to  be  according  to  standard  sample  of  noncommissioned  staff  haver- 
sack (par.  664),  and  constituent  articles  to  be  according  to  their  respective 
standard  samples,  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

465.  Haversack  and  pack  carrier    (fig.  — ). — To  consist  of  haversack,  pack 
carrier,  and  meat-can  pouch,  and  be  attached  to  web  pistol  belt   (par.  408). 
When  complete  to  embody  the  following: 

a.  Blanket,  wool  (par.  618). 

b.  Can,  bacon. 

c.  Can,  condiment, 

d.  Can,  meat. 

c.  Clothing  :is  necessary. 
/.  Fork  : 

Scabbard. 


UNIFORM    REGULATIONS,    U.    S.    MARINE    CORPS,    li>22.  87 

465.  HAVERSACK  AND  PACK  CARRIES— Continued. 

g.  Knife: 

Scabbard. 

h.  Poncho,  rubber   (pur.  688). 
i.  Rations. 
;.  Spoon. 
k.  Tent,  shelter: 

Line,  guy. 

Pins,  round. 

Pole. 
According  to  respective  standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

466.  Holster,   pistol,   automatic    (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  russet  leather,   and  be 
according    to    standard    sample   in    the    Quartermaster's    Department.     To    be 
attached  to  web  pistol  belt  (par.  408).     (See  Pistol,  par.  512.) 

467.  Insignia,  Adjutant  and  Inspector's  Department,  bronze   (fig.  — ). — To  be 
made  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal,  and  to  consist  of  a  Marine  Corps  sword  crossed 
with  fasces,  surmounted  by  a  wreath  which  encircles  a  shield  of  13  bars,  side 
points  and  base  point  of  shield  touching  inside  of  wreath,  field  above  bars -to 
contain  one  large  star  in  center  and  12  small  stars.     Full  length  each  of  sv.  <>r<i 
and    of   fasces,    1§    inches;    diameter    of    wreath,    three-fourths    inch    outside 
and  one-half  inch  inside.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening. 

468.  Insignia,  Adjutant  and  Inspector's  Department,  gold  and  silver  (fig.  — ). — 
To  consist  of  a  gold  Marine  Corps  sword  crossed  with  gold  fasces,  surmounted 
by  a  silver  wreath  wiii<  U  encircles  a  gold  shield  of  13  bars,  side  points  and  bnse 
point  of  shield  touching  inside  of  wreath ;  field  above  bars  to  contain  one  large 
star  in  center  and  li'  small  stars.     Full  length  each  of  sword  and  of  faf-s, 
If  inches;  diameter  of  wreath,  three-fourths  inch   outside  and  one-half  inch 
inside.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening. 

469.  Insignia,  Paymaster's  Department,  bronze  (fig.  — ). — To  be  made  of  dull- 
fLnish  bronze  metal  and  consist  of  a  Marine  Corps  sword  crossed  with  a  quill 
pen,  surmounted  by  an  oak  leaf  and  three  acorns.     Full  length  each  of  sword 
and  of  quill  pen,  If  inches;  length  of  leaf  from  stem  to  tip,  1J  inches;  width  of 
leaf  from  tip  to  tip,  three-fourths  inch.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  sorev,* 
fastening.     To  be  made  in  pairs,  right  and  left. 

470.  Insignia,  Paymaster's  Department,  gold  and  silver  (fig.  — ). — To  consist 
of  a  gold  Marine  Corps  sword  crossed  with  a  gold  quill  pen,  surmounted  by  a 
silver  oak  leaf  and  three  acorns.     Full  length  each  of  sword  and  of  quill  pen, 
If  inches ;  length  of  leaf  from  stem  to  tip,  1*  inches ;  width  of  leaf  from  tip  to 
tip,  three-fourths  inch.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening.    To  be 
made  in  pairs,  right  and  left. 

471.  Insignia,  Quartermaster's  Department,  bronze  (fig.  — ).— To  be  made  of 
dull-finish  bronze  metal  and  consist  of  a  Marine  Corps  sword  crossed  with  a 
key,  surmounted  by  a  wheel,  rim  of  wheel  set  with  13  stars,  each  star  in  line 
with  a  spoke.     Full  length  each  of  sword  and  key,  li  inches ;  diameter  of  wheel, 
three-fourths  inch.    To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening. 

106429°— 22 7 


88  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.  S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

472.  Insignia,    Quartermaster's    Department,    gold    < fig.    — ),    commissioned 
officers. — To  consist  of  a  gold  Marine  Corps  sword  crossed  with  a  gold  key,  sur- 
mounted by  a  gold  wheel  with  blue-enamel  rim  set  with  13  gold  stars,  each 
star  in  line  with  a  spoke.     Full  length  each  of  sword  and  key,  1|  inches; 
diameter  of  wheel,  three-fourths  inch.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw 
fastening. 

473.  Insignia,    Quartermaster's    Department,    silver    (fig.    — ),    quartermaster 
•clerks. — To  consist  of  a  silver  Marine  Corps  sword  crossed  with  a  silver  key, 
surmounted  by  a  silver  wheel  with  blue-enamel  rim  set  with  13  silver  stars, 
'each  star  in  line  with  a  spoke.    Full  length  each  of  sword  and  key,  If  inches; 
•diameter  of  wheel,  three-fourths  inch.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw 
fastening. 

474.  Insignia,  aide-de-camp  to  general  officer,  bronze  (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  dull- 
tinish  bronze  metal  and  consist  of  the  shield  of  the  United  States,  three-fourths 
ihch  high  and  three-fourths  inch  wide  at  top,  surmounted  by  an  eagle  one-half 
Inch  high,  with  wings  displayed  and  feathers  clearly  delineated.     Sections  of 
shield  and  13  vertical  stripes  to  be  clearly  defined,  upper  field  to  contain  same 
number  of  stars  as  insignia  of  rank  of  general  officer  on  whose  staff  aide-de- 
camp is  serving.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening.     To  be  made 
In  pairs,  right  and  left. 

475.  Insignia,  aide-de-camp  tp  general  officer,  gold  (fig. — .). — To  consist  of  the 
-shield  of  the   United   States,   three-fourths  inch  high  and  three-fourths  inch 
-wide  at  top,  surmounted  by  a  gold  eagle  one-half  inch  ,high,  with  wings  displayed 
and  feathers  clearly  delineated.  :  Shield  to  be  edged  with  gold,  field  containing 
v^tar  or  s,tars  to  be  blue  enamel,  stars  to  be  gold  and  of  same  number  as  in- 
•signia  of  rank  of  general  officer  on  whose  staff  aide-de-camp  is  serving.    Lower 
section  :to  contain  13,  vertical  alternating  stripes,  $ix  red  and  seven  white,  with 
thin  edge  of  gold  between  stripes.    To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening. 
'To  be  made  in  pairs,  right  and  left. 

476.  Insignia,  marine  gunner,  bronze    (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  dull-finish  bronze 
unetal,  and  consist  of  bursting  spherical  shell   (chased)   three-fourths  inch  in 
diameter,  with  flame  five-eighths  inch  high.     To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or 
f-crew  fastening.  • 

477.  Insignia,  marine  gunner,  silver   (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  silver,  and  consist 
of  bursting  spherical  shell  (chased)  three-fourths  inch  in  diameter,  with  flame 
five-eighths  inch  high.    To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening. 

478.  Insignia,  leader,  Marine  Band. (fig.  — ). — A  silver  lyre.     For  shoulder 
knots  (par.  492),  to  be  .embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth  showing  one-sixteenth  inch 
rill  around;  for  shoulder  straps  and  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  to  be  of  metal  and 
have  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening.     For  shoulder  knots  and  shoulder  straps, 
to  be  1  inch  high;  for  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  to  be  three-fourths  inch  high. 

479.  Insignia,  naval  officers. — Of  bronze  and  as  prescribed  by  Uniform  Regu- 
lations, United  States  Navy,  for  officers  of  the  Navy  authorized  to  wear  Ma- 
rine Corps  service  uniforms. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,.  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922.  89 

480.  Insignia,  naval  aviator  (fig.  — ). — As  prescribed  by  Uniform  Regulations, 
United   States   Navy.     Same  consists  of  a  winged  foul  anchor,   anchor  sur- 
mounted by  a  shield,  design  being  in  two  forms,  embroidered  and  of  metal. 

481.  Insignia,  balloon  pilot  (fig.  — .) — As  prescribed  by  Uniform  Regulations, 
United  States  Navy.     Same  consists  of  a  foul  anchor  surmounted  by  a  shield, 
and  a  single  wing,  design  being  in  two  forms,  embroidered  and  of  metal. 

482.  Insignia  of  rank,  Major  General  Commandant  and  major  general   (fig. 
— ). — Two  stars  of  five  rays  each,  of  silver  (except  for  field  saddlecloth,  insignia 
thereon  being  of  bronze).    For  shoulder  straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  garrison 
cap,  and  dress  and  field  saddlecloths  (par.  455),  stars  to  be  of  metal,  with  clasp 
pin  or  screw  fastening.     For  shoulder  knots,  to  be  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth, 
with  a  one-sixteenth-inch  edge  of  such  cloth  showing  all  around.    For  shoulder 
knots,  shoulder  straps,  and  garrison  cap,  to  be  of  such  size  that  point  of  rays 
of  each  star  will  touch  a  circle  1  inch  in  diameter ;  for  collar  of  flannel  shirt, 
three-fourths  of  foregoing  size;  and  for  saddlecloths,  of  such  size  that  rays 
will  touch  a  14-inch  circle. 

483.  Insignia  of  rank,  brigadier  general  (fig.  — ). — One  star  of  five  rays,  of 
silver    (except  for  field  saddlecloth,  insignia  thereon  being  of  bronze).     For 
shoulder  straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  garrison  cap,  and  dress  and  field  saddle- 
cloths (par.  455),  star  to  be  of  metal,  with  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening.     For 
shoulder  knots,  to  be  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth,  with  a  one-sixteenth-inch 
edge  of  such  cloth  showing  all  around.    For  shoulder  knots,  shoulder  straps, 
and  garrison  cap,  to  be  of  such  size  that  point  of  rays  will  touch  a  circle  1  inch 
in  diameter;  for  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  three-fourths  of  foregoing  size;  and 
for  saddlecloths,  of  such  size  that  rays  will  touch  a  1^-inch  circle. 

484.  Insignia  of  rank,  colonel  (fig.  — ). — A  silver  spread  eagle,  made  in  pairs, 
right  and  left.    For  shoulder  straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  and  garrison  cap,  to 
be  made  of  metal,  with  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening ;  for  shoulder  knots,  to  be 
embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth,  with  a  one-sixteenth-inch  edge  of  such  cloth  show- 
ing all  around.     For  shoulder  knots,  shoulder  straps,  and  garrison  cap,  to  be 
2^  inches  from  tip  to  tip  of  wings,  1£  inches  from  wing  tip  to  center  of  talons 
on   each   side,  and  1£   inches  from   crest  of  head   to   bottom   of  design;    for 
right    shoulder    and    garrison    cap,    the   talons    of    right  .foot   to    grasp    olive 
branch,  left  talons  a  bundle  of  three  arrows;  for  left  shoulder,  right  talons  to 
hold  arrows  and  left  talons  the  olive  branch ;  extreme  width  from  tip  of  center 
arrowhead  to  end  of  olive  branch,  1-&  inches ;  eagle  to  face  toward  same  side  as 

•  talons  holding  arrows.     For  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  three-fourths  of  foregoing 
size. 

485.  Insignia  of  rank,  lieutenant  colonel    (fig.  — ). — A  seven-pointed  silver 
oak  leaf  with   stem.     For  shoulder   straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  and  gar- 
rison  cap,   to  be   made   of   metal,   with    clasp   pin    or   screw    fastening ;    for 
shoulder  knots,  to  be  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth,  with  a  one-sixteenth-inch 
edge  of  such  cloth- showing  all  around.     For  shoulder  knots,  shoulder  straps,  and 
garrison  cap,  to  be  1&  inches  from  tip  of  stem  to  tip  of  leaf,  and  liV  inches  at 
widest  point ;  for  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  three-fourths  of  foregoing  size. 


90  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

486.  Insignia  of  rank,  major   (fig.  — ).— A  seven-pointed  gold  oak  leaf  with 
stern.     For   shoulder  straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,   and  garrison  cap,  to  be 
made  of  metal,  with  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening ;  for  shoulder  knots,  to  be 
embroidered   on   scarlet   cloth,   with   a  one-sixteenth-inch   edge   of   such   cloth 
showing  all  around.     For  shoulder  knots,  shoulder  straps,  and  garrison  cap,  to 
be  1£  inches  from  tip  of  stem  to  tip  of  leaf,  and  l^s  inches  at  widest  point ;  for 
collar  of  flannel  shirt,  three-fourths  of  foregoing  size. 

487.  Insignia  of  rank,   captain    (fig.   — ). — Two  attached  silver   bars.     For 
shoulder  straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  and  garrison  cap,  to  be  made  of  metal, 
diagonally  chased,  with  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening;  for  shoulder  knots,  to 
be  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth,  with  a  one-sixteenth-inch  edge  of  such  cloth 
showing  all  around.     For  shoulder  knots,  shoulder  straps,  and  garrison  cap. 
each  bar  li  inches  long  and  three-eighths  inch  wide,  bars  being  parallel  and 
three-eighths  inch  apart ;  for  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  three-fourths  of  foregoing 
size. 

488.  Insignia    of    rank,    first    lieutenant     (fig.    — ). — One    silver    bar.     For 
shoulder  straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  and  garrison  cap,  to  be  made  of  metal, 
diagonally  chased,  with  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening ;  for  shoulder  knots,  to 
be  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth,  with  a  one-sixteenth-inch  edge  of  such  cloth 
showing  all  around.     For  shoulder  knots,  shoulder  straps,  and  garrison  cap, 
bar  to  be  1£  inches  long  and  three-eighths  inch  wide;  for  collar  of  flannel 
shirt,    three-fourths   of   foregoing   size. 

489.  Insignia    of    rank,    second    lieutenant     (fig.    — ). — One    gold    bar.     For 
shoulder  straps,  collar  of  flannel  shirt,  and  garrison  cap,  to  be  made  of  metal, 
diagonally  chased,  with  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening;  for  shoulder  knots,  to 
be  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth,  with  a  one-sixteenth-inch  edge  of  such  cloth 
showing  all  around.     For  shoulder  knots,  shoulder  straps,   and  garrison  cap. 
bar  to  be  1J  inches  long  and  three-eighths  inch  wide;   for  collar  of  flannel 
shirt,    three-fourths   of   foregoing   size. 

490.  Jacket,  dress,  evening  (fig.  — ),  Major  General  Commandant  and  other 
general  officers. — To  be  of  dark-blue  cloth  of  adopted  standard. 

Body. — To  be  a  round  shell  jacket,  lined  with  scarlet  silk,  lining  to  extend 
to  edges  at  front  and  bottom.  At  sides  jacket  to  extend  to  point  of  hip  bones, 
thence  curve  slightly  to  front  and  center  of  back.  To  have  sixteen  27-ligne 
gilt  buttons  (par.  431)  equally  spaced  from  collar  to  bottom,  one-half  inch 
from  edge  on  right  side  of  the  front,  with  blind  buttonholes  on  left  side,  it 
being  intended  that  jacket  shall  not  be  buttoned.  To  have  one  inside  breast 
pocket  on  left  side.  All  seams  and  edges  to  be  plain  stitched.  Cuffs  to  bear 
ornamentation. 

Collar  .—-Corners  in  front  square,  joined  to  body  of  jacket  close  to  neck  in 
such  manner  that  collar  is  upright  and  fits  neck  closely,  bottom  of  left  side 
in  front  to  have  a  loop  of  No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421),  three-fourths  inch  long. 
to  engage  a  No.  10  black  hook  on  right  side.  Collar  to  be  1£  to  2$  inches  high, 
and  to  bear  ornamentation. 

Shoulder  knots  and  aiffuillettes. — To  have  shoulder  knots  (par.  492),  the 
shoulder  of  jacket  being  fitted  with  metal  attachments  for  fastening  same. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS.   1922.  91 

Dress  a'gnillettes  (par.  400)  worn  by  brigadier  generals  of  the  staff  to  b« 
permanently  attached  to  knot  worn  on  left  shoulder,  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

Ornamentation. — To  be  embroidered  in  gold,  as  follows:  Collar  (fig.  — )  to 
have  a  row  of  braid  following  the  sides  and  upper  edge,  with  a  zigzag  line  of 
oak  leaves  and  acorns  underneath.  Braid  to  be  placed  one-eighth  inch  from 
front  edges  of  collar  and  same  distance  from  top  of  collar,  exposing  the  blue 
cloth.  Cuffs  (fig.  — )  to  have  a  horizontal  line  of  braid  extending  aroun-d,  with 
a  zigzag  row  of  oak  leaves  and  acorns  underneath. 

491.  Jacket,  dress,  evening  (fig.  — ).  field  officers  and  eommimtioned  company 
officers. — To  be  of  dark-blue  cloth  of  adopted  standard. 

Body. — To  be  a  round  shell  jacket,  lined  with  scarlet  silk,  lining  to  extend 
to  edges  at  front  and  bottom.  At  sides  jacket  to  extend  to  points  of  hip  bones, 
thence  curve  slightly  to  front  and  center  of  back.  To  have  sixteen  27-ligne 
gilt  buttons  (par.  431)  equally  spaced  from  collar  to  bottom,  one-half  inch 
from  edge  on  right  side  of  the  front,  with  blind  buttonholes  on  left  side,  it 
being  intended  that  jacket  shall  not  be  buttoned.  To  have  one  inside  breast 
itoclcct  on  left  side.  All  seams  and  edges  to  be  plain  stitched.  Cuffs  to  bear 
ornamentation. 

Collar  (fig.  — ). — Corners  in  front  square,  joined  to  body  of  jacket  close  to 
neck  in  such  manner  that  collar  is  upright  and  fits  neck  closely,  bottom  of  left 
side  in  front  to  have  a  loop  of  No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421)  three-fourths  inch 
long,  to  engage  a  No.  10  black  hook  on  right  side.  To  be  either  1}£  or  2 -fir 
inches  high,  the  liS-inch  collar  trimmed  with  No.  3  gold  braid  (par.  414),  and 
the  2i3<T-inch  collar  trimmed  with  No.  1  gold  braid  (par.  412),  such  braid  being 
placed  one-eighth  inch  from  froat  edges  of  collar  and  same  distance  from  top 
of  collar,  exposing  the  blue  cloth.  At  a  distance  of  one-eighth  inch  below 
No.  1  or  No.  3  gold-braid  trimming,  to  have  No.  9  gold  braid  extend  around 
collar  and  cover  the  searn,  the  No.  9  braid  being  turned  up  one-eighth  inch 
from  front  edges  of  collar  to  meet  the  gold-braid  collar  trimming,  vertical 
edges  of  the  two  braids  being  in  a  line. 

Shoulder  knots  and  aigmllettes. — To  have  shoulder  knots  (par.  492).  the 
shoulder  of  jacket  being  fitted  with  metal  attachments  for  fastening  same. 
Dress  aiguillettes  (par.  400)  worn  by  permanent  staff  officers  to  be  perma- 
nently attached  to  shoulder  knot  worn  on  left  shoulder,  as  prescribed  in 
Chapter  V. 

Sleeve  ornamentation. — To  be  as  follows  for  the  respective  ranks  indicated: 

a.  Colonel  (fig.  — ). — To  be  in  the  shape  of  a  chevron  on  outer  sleeve,  lower 
ends  thereof  to  extend  around  the  undersleeve  and  join.  Chevron  to  be  of 
No.  3  gold  braid  (par.  414),  trimmed  on  each  side,  close  against  the  chevron, 
with  No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421)  laid  on  in  double  overhand  loops  one-half 
inch  in  diameter,  except  at  point  of  chevron  and  in  lower  angle  of  chevron. 
At  point  of  chevron,  a  double  knot  surmounted  by  a  loop  to  be  formed  of  No. 
9  gold  braid,  and  in  lower  angle  of  chevron  such  braid  to  form  10  loops,  five 
on  each  side,  such  loops  being  made  solid,  ending  in  a  twisted  loop  five-eighths 
inch  wide  at  widest  part,  bottom  of  twisted  loop  to  bottom  of  cuff,  one-eighth 


92  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   XI.   S.   MARINE  CORPS,   1922. 

inch.  Entire  width  of  horizontal  loops  at  point  of  chevron  3  inches,  of  upper 
loops  2£  inches,  and  of  extreme  top  loop  seven-eighths  inch ;  height  of  lower, 
loops  three-fourths  inch  and  of  upper  loops  1&  inches,  all  measurements  from 
outside  edges  of  braid.  Width  at  vertical  seam  in  front  center  of  chevron 
proper,  as  formed  of  NoX3  gold  braid,  4  inches;  from  bottom  edge  of  such 
braid  at  sides  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  seven-eighths  inch. 

b.  Lieutenant  colonel  (fig.  — ).— To  be  in  the  shape  of  a  chevron  on  outer 
sleeve,  lower  ends  thereof  to  extend  around  the  undersleeve  and  join.    Chevron 
to  be  of  No.  3  gold  braid  (par.  414),  trimmed  on  each  side,  close  against  the 
chevron,  with  No.  9  gold  braid   (par.  421)   laid  on  in  double  overhand  loops 
one-half  inch  in  diameter,  except  at  point  of  chevron  and  in  lower  angle  of 
chevron.     At  point  of  chevron,  three  loops  to  be  formed  of  No.  9  gold  braid, 
one  vertical  and  two  horizontal,  horizontal  loops  being  rounded  at  ends  and 
vertical  loop  pointed  at  top.     Entire  width  of  horizontal  loops  from  point  to 
point  1\  inches,  and  of  vertical  loop  seven-eighths  inch,  at  widest  part ;  height 
of  vertical  loop  2£  inches,  and  of  horizontal  loops  eleven-sixteenths  inch,  all 
measurements  from  outside  edges  of  braid.     In  lower  angle  of  chevron,  No.  9 
gold  braid  to  form  10  loops,  five  on  each  side,  such  loops  being  made  solid, 
ending  in  a  twisted  loop  five-eighths   inch   wide  at  widest  part,   bottom   of 
twisted  loop  to  bottom  of  cuff,  one-eighth  inch.     Width  at  vertical  seam  in 
front  center  of  chevron  proper,  as  formed  of  No.  3  gold  braid,  4  inches ;  from 
bottom  edge  of  such  braid  at  sides  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  seven-eighths  inch. 

c.  Major  (fig.  — ). — To  be  in  the  shape  of  a  chevron  011  outer  sleeve,  lower 
ends  thereof  to  extend  around  the  undersleeve  and  join.    Chevron  to  be  of  No.  3 
gold  braid   (par.  414),  trimmed  on  each  side,  close  against  the  chevron,  with 
No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421)  laid  on  in  double  overhand  loops  one-half  inch  in 
diameter,  except  in  lower  angle  of  chevron,  one  overhand  loop  being  placed 
at  point  of  chevron  to  give  it  a  pointed  effect.     In  lower  angle  of  chevron,  No.  9 
gold  braid  to  form  10  loops,  five  on  each  side,  such  loops  being  made  solid, 
ending  in  a  twisted  loop  five-eighths  inch  wide  at  widest  part,  bottom  of  twisted 
loop  to  bottom  of  cuff,  one-eighth  inch.     Width  at  vertical  seam  in  front  center 
of  chevron  proper,  as  formed  of  No.  3  gold  braid,  4  ttiches ;  from  bottom  edge  of 
such  braid  at  sides  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  seven-eighths  inch. 

d.  Captain  (fig.  — ).— To  be  a  knot  of  No.  8  gold  braid  (par.  420),  with  No.  9 
gold  braid  (par.  421)  placed  on  both  edges  throughout  knot,  both  braids  to  be 
evenly  carried  from  bottom  of  knot  around  entire  sleeve  and  joined.     Outer 
edge  of  whole  knot  thus  formed  and  both  sides  of  accompanying  strip  extending 
around  circumference  of  sleeve  to  have  abutting  rows  of  double  overhand  loops 
one-half  inch  in  diameter  made  of  No.  9  gold  braid,  except  at  lower  angle  of 
knot,  where  braid  is  to  form  a  design  of  open  scrollwork  to  a  point  one-eighth 
inch  from  bottom  of  sleeve.     Height  of  knot  from  top  to  angle  at  bottom,  8* 
inches;  widtli  of  knot  at  widest  point,  5£  inches;  diamond  at  center  of  knot, 
about  seven-eighths  inch  high  and  five-eighths  inch  wide ;  from  anirle  at  bottom 
of  knot  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  3  inches ;  from  bottom  of  No.  8  gold  braid  at  sides 
of  sleeve  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  2i  inches. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE  €ORPS,   1922.  93 

r  e.  First  lieutenant  (fig.  — ). — To  be  a  knot  of  No.  8  gold  braid  (par.  420),  with 
No,  9  gold  braid  (par.  421)  placed  on  both  edges  throughout  knot,  both 
braids  to  be  evenly  carried  from  bottom  of  knot  around  entire  sleeve  and  joined1, 
At  lower  angle  of  knot,  No.  9  gold  braid  is  to  form  a  design  of  open  scrollwork 
to  a  point  one-eighth  inch  from  bottom  of  sleeve.  Height  of  knot  from  top'- to 
angle  at  bottom,  8  inches ;  width  of  knot  at  widest  point,  4$  inches ;  diamond  at 
center  of  knot,  about  seven-eighths  inch  high  and  five-eighths  inch  wide ; 
from  angle  at  bottom  of  knot  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  3  inches ;  from  bottom  of  No.  8 
gold  braid  at  sides  of  sleeve  to  bottom  of  sleeve,  2£  inches. 

f.  Second  lieutenant  (fig.  — ). — To  be  a  knot  of  No.  8  gold  braid  (par.  420), 
with  No.  9  gold  braid  (par.  421)  placed  on  both  edges  throughout  knot,  both 
braids  to  be  evenly  carried  from  bottojn  of  knot  around  entire  sleeve  and 
joined.  Height  of  knot  from  top  to  angle  at  bottom,  8  inches ;  width  of  knot  at 
widest  point,  A\  inches;  diamond  at  center  of  knot,  about  seven-eighths  in'ch 
high  and  five-eighths  inch  wide;  from  angle  at  bottom  of  knot  to  bottom  of 
sleeve,  3  inches ;  from  bottom  of  No.  8  gold  braid  at  sides  of  sleeve  to  bottom 
of  sleeve,  2£  inches. 

492.  Knots,  shoulder  (fig.  — ),  commissioned  officers;  leader,  Marine  Band.-—* 
To  be  made  of  fine  gold  cord  one-fourth  inch  iu   diameter,  closely  double- 
plaited  so  as  to  cover  whole  upper  surface  of  knot,  and  be  lined  with  darki- 
blue  cloth.    To  be  6  inches  long,  2  inches  wide  at  inner  end,  and  3  inches  wide 
at  outer  end.    To  be  attached  to  evening  dress  jackets  (pars.  490,  491)  and -to 
full-dress  and  special  full-dress  coat,  leader,  Marine  Band    (par.  448),  by?  11 
brass  hinged  strap  4i  inches  long  and  a  snap  hook  on  underside  of  strap  of 
knot,  engaging  in  metal  loop  on  shoulder  of  jacket  or  coat,  snap  hook  to 'be 
operated  by  a  27-ligne  gilt  button   (par.  431)   countersunk  into  upper  side  of 
strap  of  shoulder  knot,  at  a  point  three-fourths  inch  from  inner  end  of  strap: 

Insignia. — Knot  to  have  the  following  placed  thereon  as  prescribed  in 
Chapter  V:  Insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers  and  insignia  of  leadter, 
Marine  Band,  embroidered  on  scarlet  cloth;  gold  and  silver  shoul-der-knot  orna- 
ments and,  for  officers  specified,  gold  and  silver  staff  insignia,  or  insignia  for 
aide-de-camp  to  general  officer. 

Dress  aiguillettes  (par.  400)  worn  by  permanent  staff  officers  and  the  leader, 
Marine  Band,  to  be  permanently  attached  to  knot  worn  on  left  shoulder,  as 
prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

NOTE. — The  former  regulation  shoulder  knots  for  the  leader,  Marine  Band,  may  be  worn 
by  him  until  they  are  no  longer  serviceable.  \ 

493.  Knot,  sword,  dress  (fig.  — ),  commissioned  officers;  leader,  Marine  Band. — 
To  consist  of  a  single  loop  of  three-sixteenths  inch  gold  and  scarlet  cord  13 
inches  long,  with  ends  secured  in  a  gold-bullion  tassel  three-fourths  inch  in 
diameter  and  2  inches  long. 

494.  Knot,   sword,   undress    (fig.   — ),   commissioned  officers;   leader,  Marine 
Band. — To  consist  of  a   single  loop  of  braided   russet-leather  cord  three-six- 
teenths inch  in  diameter  and  13  inches  long,  with  ends  secured  in  a  russet- 
leather  tassel  three-fourths  inch  in  diameter  and  2  inches  long. 


€4  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

495.  Knot,   sword,   official   mourning. — To  consist  of  a  black   cr£pe  band  3 
inches   wide  and   about   20   inches   long,   knotted   upon    the   sword   hilt.      (See 
Official  mourning  band,  par.  403.) 

496.  Leggings,  russet  (fig.  — ).— To  be  of  russet  leather. 

497.  Letter,  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  bronze    (fig.  — ).— To  be  a  block  capital 
*  R  "  five-eighths  inch  high,  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal. 

498.  Letter,  Marine  Corps  Reserve,  gold  (fig.  — ). — To  be  a  block  capital  "R" 
five-eighths  inch  high,  of  gold. 

499.  Letter,  National  Naval  Volunteers   (Marine   Corps  branch),   bronze    (fig. 
• — ). — To  be  a  block  capital   "V"  five-eighths  inch  high,  of  dull-finish  bronze 
metal. 

500.  Letter,    National   Naval    Volunteers    (Marine    Corps    branch),    gold    (tig. 
— >. — To  be  a  block  capital  "  V  "  five-eighths  inch  high,  of  gold. 

501.  Letters,  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch),  bronze.— To  be  small  block 
letters  one-half  inch  high,   of  dull-finish  bronze  metal,  in  the  form  of  a  pin, 
indicating  the  particular  State  or  Territory  (or  the  District  of  Columbia)  of  the 
organization  of  the  Naval  Militia   (Marine  Corps  branch)   to  which  the  officer 
belongs. 

502.  Letters,  Naval  Militia   (Marine  Corps  branch),  gold.— To  be  small  block 
letters  one-half  inch  high,  of  gold,  in  the  form  of  a  pin,  indicating  the  particular 
State  or  Territory    (or  the  District  of  Columbia)   of  the  organization  of  the 
Naval  Militia   (Marine  Corps  brunch)   to  which  the  officer  belongs. 

503.  Locker,   trunk. — According  to   standard   sample   in   the   Quartermaster's 
Department. 

504.  Necktie,  dress,  evening   (fig.  — ),  commissioned  officers. — To  be  a  black 
silk  string  tie,  1£  inches  wide. 

505.  Numerals,  company,  bronze  (fig.  — ),  for  field  hat. — According  to  standard 
sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

506.  Ornament,  cap  and  hat,  bronze   (fig.  — ). — To  consist  of  Western  Hemi- 
sphere, intersected  by  a  foul  anchor  and  surmounted  by  an  eagle.     To  be  made 
of  dull -finish  bronze  metal  and  be  according  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quarter- 
master's Department. 

Hemisphere. — To  be  perfect  hollow  half  globe,  seven -eighths  inch  in  diameter, 
with  accurately  proportioned  and  clearly  outlined  continents  of  North  and 
South  America  in  raised  surfaces,  and  be  chased  with  nine  parallels  of  latitude, 
terminating  at  continents. 

Eagle,  with  outspread  wings,  to  stand  on  top  of  hemisphere  facing  away  from 
anchor  rin.tr,  and  be  hard  soldered  to  globe.  To  be  one-half  inch  from  crest  of 
tiead  to  point  of  claws;  from  tip  to  tip  of  wings,  I/5,;  inches.  Eagle  to  be  accu- 
rately proportioned,  with  claws  and  head,  and  feathers  of  neck,  Ixxiy,  wings. 
and  legs  distinctly  delineated. 

Foul  anchor. — The  shank  between  stock  and  fiukes  to  intersect  hemisphere 
from  northeast  to  southwest  at  an  angle  of  30°  with  plane  of  the  Kquator. 
TlVidth  of  stock  and  shank,  on"-eighth  inch;  length  of  stock,  five-eighths  inch. 
distance  peak  of  flukes  to  apex  of  crown,  thirteen  -sixteenths  inch;  inner  edges 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  95 

of  flakes,  one-sixteenth  inch  from  hemisphere;  distance  edge  of  hemisphere  to 
top  of  anchor  shackle  or  ring,  one-half  inch,  and  to  apex  of  crown,  three-eighths 
inch :  over-all  length  of  anchor,  If  inches.  Cable  to  be  attached  to  ring  and 
twine  around  shank  and  arms.  Each  detail  of  anchor  to  be  clearly  delineated. 
Hpike  and  screw  post. — A  thin  spike  three-sixteenths  inch  long,  tapering  to 
point,  to  project  from  center  of  shoulders  of  eagle.  A  threaded  screw  post,  with 
washer  and  milled  nut,  for  securing  ornament  through  eyelet  to  service  and 
garrison  caps  (pars.  437-439)  and  field  hat  (par.  463),  to  project  from  center 
of  hollow  globe  and  be  securely  soldered  thereto. 

507.  Ornament,  cap,  gold  and  silver   (fig.  — ). — To  consist  of  Western  Hemi- 
sphere,  intersected   by   a   foul   anchor,   and   surmounted   by   an   eagle.     To  be 
according  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

Hemisphere. — To  be  perfect  hollow  half  globe,  of  fretted  silver  struck  from 
a  solid  plate,  seven-eighths  inch  in  diameter,  with  accurately  proportioned  and 
clearly  outlined  continents  of  North  and  South  America  (in  gold)  in  raised 
surfaces,  and  be  chased  with  nine  parallels  of  latitude,  terminating  at  conti- 
nents. 

Eagle,  with  outspread  wings,  cut  from  solid  silver,  to  stand  on  top  of  hemi- 
sphere facing  away  from  anchor  ring,  and  be  hard  soldered  to  globe.  To  be 
one-half  inch  from  crest  of  head  to  point  of  claws;  from  tip  to  tip  of  wings, 
If*  inches.  Eagle  to  be  accurately  proportioned,  with  claws  and  head,  and 
feathers  of  neck,  body,  wings,  ami  legs  distinctly  delineated. 

Foul  anchor. — To  be  of  smooth  gold,  the  shank  between  stock  and  flukes  to 
intersect  hemisphere  from  northeast  to  southwest  at  an  angle  of  30°  with  plane 
of  the  Equator.  Width  of  stock  and  shank,  one-eighth  inch;  length  of  stock, 
five-eighths  inch ;  distance  peak  of  flukes  to  apex  of  crown,  thirteen-sixteenths 
inch ;  inner  edges  of  flukes  one-sixteenth  inch  from  hemisphere ;  distance  edge  of 
hemisphere  to  top  of  anchor  shackle  or  ring,  one-half  inch,  and  to  apex  of 
crown,  three-eighths  inch;  over-all  length  of  anchor,  If  inches.  Cable  to  be 
attached  to  ring  and  twine  around  shank  and  arms.  Each  detail  of  anchor  to 
be  clearly  delineated. 

Spike  and  screw  post. — A  thin  spike,  three-sixteenths  inch  long,  tapering  to 
point,  to  project  from  center  of  shoulders  of  eagle.  A  threaded  screw  post, 
with  washer  and  milled  nut,  for  securing  ornament  through  eyelet  to  dress  caps 
(pars.  433-435),  undress  caps  (pars.  440-442),  and  full-dress  and  special  full- 
dress  cap,  leader,  Marine  Band  (par.  436),  to  project  from  center  of  hollow 
globe  and  be  securely  soldered  thereto. 

508.  Ornaments,  collar  and  shoulder-knot,  gold  and  silver  (figs.  — ). — To  con- 
sist of  Western  Hemisphere,  intersected  by  an  anchor,  and  surmounted  by  an 
eagle.    To  be  made  in  pairs,  right  and  left,  and  be  according  to  standard  sample 
in  the  Quartermaster's  Department 

Heni'isphere. — To  be  perfect  hollow  half  globe  of  .fretted  silver  struck  from 
a  solid  plate,  eleven-sixteenths  inch  in  diameter,  with  accurately  proportioned 
and  clearly  outlined  continents  of  North  and  South  America  (in  gold)  in  raised 
surfaces,  and  be  chased  with  nine  parallels  of  latitude,  terminating  at  conti- 
nents. 


96  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

Eagle,  with  outspread  wings,  cut  from-  solid  silver,  to  stand  on  top  of  hemi- 
sphere facing  away  from  anchor  ring,  and  toe  hard  soldered  to  globe.  From 
crest  of  head  to  point  of  claws,  seven-sixteenths  inch ;  from  tip  to  tip  of  wings, 
life  inches.  Eagle  to  be  accurately  proportioned,  with  claws  and  head,  and 
feathers  of  neck,  body,  wings,  and  legs  distinctly  delineated. 

Anchor.— To  be  of  smooth  gold,  the  shank  between  stock  and  flukes  to  inter- 
sect hemisphere  at  an  angle  of  30°  with  plane  of  the  Equator.  The  anchor  on 
left  ornament  to  intersect  hemisphere  from  northeast  to  southwest  and  that  on 
right  ornament  from  northwest  to  southeast.  Width  of  stock  three  thirty- 
seconds  inch,  and  of  shank  full  one-sixteenth  inch;  length  of  stock,  one-half 
inch ;  distance  peak  of  flukes  to  apex  of  crown,  five-eighths  inch ;  inner  edges  of 
flukes  one-sixteenth  inch  from  hemisphere;  distance  edge  of  hemisphere  to  top 
of  anchor  shackle  or  ring,  three-eighths  inch,  and  to  apex  of  crown,  threo- 
eighths  inch ;  over-all  length  of  anchor,  If  inches. 

Fastening. — To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening  for  attaching  orna- 
ment to  dress  and  undress  coats  (pars.  447,  451)  and  shoulder  knots  (par.  492). 

509.  Ornaments,    collar,    bronze    (figs.   — ). — To    consist   of   Western    Hemis- 
phere, intersected  by  an  anchor,  and  surmounted  by  an  eagle.    To  be  made  of 
dull-finish  bronze  metal,  in  pairs,  right  and  left,  and  be  according  to  standard 
sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

Hemisphere. — To  be  perfect  hollow  half  globe  struck  from  a  solid  plate, 
eleven-sixteenths  inch  in  diameter,  with  accurately  proportioned  and  clearly 
outlined  continents  of  North  and  South  America  in  raised  surfaces,  and  be 
chased  with  nine  parallels  of  latitude,  terminating  at  continents. 

Eagle,  with  outspread  wings,  to  stand  on  top  of  hemisphere  facing  away  from 
anchor  ring,  and  be  hard  soldered  to  globe.  From  cre^t  of  head  to  point  of 
claws,  seven-sixteenths  inch ;  from  tip  to  tip  of  wings,  life  inches.  Eagle  to  be 
accurately  proportioned,  with  claws  and  head,  and  feathers  of  neck,  body,  wings, 
and  legs  distinctly  delineated. 

Anchor. — The  shank  between  stock  and  flukes  to  intersect  hemisphere  at  an 
angle  of  30°  with  plane  of  the  Equator.  The  anchor  on  left  ornament  to  inter- 
sect hemisphere  from  northeast  to  southwest  and  that  on  right  ornament  from 
northwest  to  southeast.  Width  of  stock  three  thirty-seconds  inch  and  of  shank 
full  one-sixteenth  inch;  length  of  stock,  one-half  inch;  distance  peak  of 
flukes  to  apex  of  crown,  five-eighths  inch ;  inner  edges  of  flukes,  one-sixteenth 
inch  from  hemisphere ;  distance  edge  of  hemisphere  to  top  of  anchor  shackle 
or  ring,  three-eighths  inch,  and  to  apex  of  crown  three-eighths  inch;  over-all 
length  of  anchor,  1|  inches. 

Fastening. — To  have  vertical  clasp  pin  or  screw  fastening  for  attaching  orna- 
ment to  service  coats  (pars.  438,  439). 

510.  Overcoat    (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  22-ounce  green  kersey  or  other  suitable 
cloth  of  adopted  standard.  • 

Bod y.— Double-breasted,  plain  back,  form  fitting,  knee  length,  skirt  flared 
6  Inches  from  waistline  to  bottom,  making  82-inch  sweep  at  bottom,  hook  vent 
In  back  (reaching  to  bottom)  17  inches  long,  all  of  foregoing  measurements 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1022.  97 

being  approximate.  To  be  lined  with  green  fleece,  silk,  Italian  cloth,  or 
flannel,  edges  of  facing  to  be  piped  and  sleeves  lined  with  green  satin.  When 
lined  with  fleece  or  flannel  to  have  yoke  16  inches  deep.  Left  side  to  have 
horizontal  opening  for  sword  sling  about  2  inches  long,  7£  inches  from  armpit, 
and  4  inches  from  side  seam,  provided  with  flap  on  inside,  with  buttonhole 
and  button.  Cuffs  to  1  e  3£  inches  wide  on  undersleeve,  curving  to  point  6$ 
inches  wide  at  center  of  top  sleeve.  Seams  to  be  plain  stitched;  edges  of 
front,  -pockets,  flaps,  cuffs,  vent,  and  collar  to  be  three-eighths-inch  single 
stitching. 

Collar  and  lapel. — Convertible  collar,  3£  inches  at  center  of  back,  3  inches  at 
point  in  front,  height  2  inches  when  standing;  with  shaped  lapel  4  inches  wide 
at  notch. 

Shoulder  straps. — To  have  two  shoulder  straps,  sewed  in  at  shoulder  seam  only 
and  extending  to  base  of  collar,  3£  inches  wide  at  shoulder  seam,  tapering  to 
2J  inches  at  collar  end,  collar  end  rounded  and  attached  to  coat  through 
buttonhole  by  button  sewed  to  coat  well  under  collar  when  turned  down. 

Pockets. — To  have  one  inside  breast  pocket  on  left  side,  in  facing,  and  two 
lower  horizontal  pockets  with  flaps,  one  on  each  side,  7£  inches  wide,  top  of 
flap  on  line  with  bottom  buttonhole.  Flaps  to  be  same  width  as  pocket  and  3f 
inches  deep,  stitched  just  above  pocket  opening. 

Dimensions  shown  for  pockets  and  flaps  are  for  coat  of  average  size  and  may 
be  slightly  increased  or  diminished  according  to  size  and  form  of  figure. 

Buttons. — Front  to  have  45-ligne  bronze  buttons  (par.  430),  four  on  each 
side,  equally  spaced,  top  button  under  lapel,  other  three  to  show  when  lapel 
is  turned  down.  Shoulder  straps  to  engage  25-ligne  bronze  button,  and  flap 
for  sword-sling  opening  to  engage  25-lighe  bone  button. 

Insignia. — Shoulder  strap  to  have  the  following  placed  thereon  as  pre- 
scribed in  Chapter  V :  Insignia  of  rank  of  commissioned  officers,  insignia  worn 
by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks,  and  insignia  of  leader,  Marine  Band. 

511.  Package,  first-aid,  complete  (fig.  — ). — Consisting  of  package  and  pouch. 
According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

512.  Pistol,  automatic,  caliber  .45  (fig.  — ).— With  holster  (par.  466).     Accord- 
ing to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

513.  Puttees,  spiral,  authorized  for  aviators  (par.  120). — To  be  of  khaki  shade, 
of  good  material,  and  of  a  type  that  will  neatly  wind  around  the  leg  without 
bulging.     According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

514.  Raincoat. — To  be  of  rubber  cloth   or  waterproof  material  of  adopted 
standard,  of  approximate  color  of  winter  service  uniform.     Body  to  be  cut 
to  fit  figure  loosely  and  reach  to  a  point  approximately  8  inches  below  knee 
when  wearer  is  in  a  standing  position. 

Insignia. — If  provided  with  shoulder  straps,  insignia  of  rank  of  commis- 
sioned officers,  insignia  worn  by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks,  and  insignia 
of  leader,  Marine  Band,  to  be  placed  thereon  as  prescribed  in  Chapter  V. 

515.  Roll,   bedding. — According  to   standard   sample  in   the  Quartermaster's 
Department. 


98  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

516.  Roll,  clothing:. — According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department. 

517.  Scabbard,  sword   (fig.  — >. — To  he  of  nickel  or  plated  steel,  or  German 
silver,  with  yellow  metal  trimmings,  consisting  of  two  bands  and  rings,  mouth- 
piece,  and   ferrule.     Yellow    metal   trimmings   to   he  brightly   gikled    and   the 
German  silver,  nickel,  or  steel  brightly  polished.     (See  Sword,  par.  529.) 

518.  Scarf,  field   (tig.  — ). — To  be  of  8^-ounce  khaki-colored  shirting  flannel, 
2-ply,  of  same  shade  as  flannel  shirt,  47  inches  long,  seven-eighths  inch  wide 
at  center,  and  tapering  to  2£  inches  at  1^  inches  from  ends,  thence  tapering 
to  point,  and  finished  with  one  row  of  stitching  around  edge.     According  to 
standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

519.  Shirt,  flannel   (fig.  — ). — To  be  of  khaki-colored  flannel  of  same  shade 
as  summer  service  uniform,  with  rolling  collar  1^  inches  wide,  cuffs  2^  inches 
deep,  and  one  patch  pocket  on  each  breast  closed  by  a  V-shaped  flap.     The 
front,  cuffs,  and  pocket  flaps  to  be  closed  by  flat  brown  bone  buttons  one-half 
inch  in  diameter.     According  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  De- 
partment. 

In  sift  nia. — Collar  to  have  the  following  placed  thereon  under  conditions 
and  in  manner  prescribed  in  Chapter  V:  Small  insignia  of  rank  of  commis- 
sioned officers,  insignia  worn  by  warrant  officers  and  pay  clerks,  and  small 
insignia  of  leader,  Marine  Band. 

520.  Shirts,  white. — To  be  plain  white  linen  shirts,  without  stripes  or  figures 
of  any  pattern,  without  plaits,  with  plain  white  linen  starched  cuffs  fastened 
with  cuff  buttons  (par.  429),  shirts  to  open  at  front.    Shirt  worn  with  evening 
dress  uniform  to  have  stiff-starched  bosom  and  be  fastened  with  two  or  three 
studs  (par.  528).     If  desired,  other  shirts  may  have  stiff -starched  bosom.     (See 
Collar,  par.  452.) 

521.  Shoes,   black    (figs.  — ). — To  be   high   shoes  of  polished,  enameled,   or 
patent  leather. 

522.  Shoes,  russet  (figs.  — ). — To  be  high  shoes  of  russet  leather,  and  fastened 
with  laces. 

523.  Shoes,  white    (figs.  — ). — To  be  high  or  low  shoes,  of  white  canvas  or 
white  buckskin,  and  fastened  with  laces. 

524.  Slings,  sword,  dress  (figs.  — ). — To  be  made  of  two  thicknesses  of  No.  6 
gold  braid   (par.  417),  each  strap  to  be  formed  by  passing  a  single  length  of 
such  braid  through  loop  of  a  flat  polished  brass  snap  hook,  Marine  Corps  stand- 
ard pattern,  and  stitching  the  resultant  two  thicknesses  suspended  from  loop, 
snap  hook  being  fitted  with  a  hook  for  engaging  upper  ring  on  sword  scabbard. 
Lower  ends   of  gold-braid   straps   to   be  pointed;    edges  of   straps   to   be  se- 
curely stitched  together;  length  of  long  strap  to  be  20i  inches,  and  of  short 

<p  12  inches.  A  lug  made  of  two  thicknesses  of  No.  6  gold  braid,  securely 
st itched  together  on  edges  in  name  manner  as  sling  proper,  to  be  attached  to 
lower  end  of  each  strap,  one  end  of  lug  to  be  fitted  with  a  three-foiirths-inch 
polished-brass  single-tongue  buckle  for  attaching  to  strap,  other  end  to  be  fitted 
with  a  polished-brass  snap  swivel  hook  for  engaging  ring  of  sword  scabbard. 
To  be  according  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  99 

525.  Slings,  sword,  undress  (fig.  — ). — To  be  made  of  full-grain  brown  leather, 
7  to  8  ounce,  inner  side  of  slings  to  be  darkened  to  present  same  approximate 
shade  as  outer  side.    Tlie  two  straps  to  be  secured  to  a  polished  brass  snap  hook, 
Marine  Corps  standard  ]>attern,  by  a  piece  of  leather  inserted  through  loop  on 
snap  hook  and  securely  stitched  to  straps,  snap  hook  being  fitted  with  a  hook 
for  engaging  upper  ring  on  sword  scabbard.    The  long  and  short  straps  of  si  in. us 
to  be  made  of  leather  seven-eighths  inch  wide,  length  of  long  strap  to  be  23$ 
inches  over  all,  and  of  short  strap  14$  inches.    The  lower  ends  of  long  and  short 
straps  to  pass  through  loops  of  polished  brass  lock  swivels,  latter  secured  In 
place  by  sliding  leather  loops  three-eighths  inch  wide ;  a  seven-eighths  inch 
polished-brass  single-tongue  buckle  to  be  stitched  on  end  of  each  strap.    For  ail- 
justing  length  of  sling,  to  have  three  holes,  about  three-fourths  inch  apart, 
punched  in  end  of  each  strap  about  If  inches  from  folded  end. 

To  be  according  to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

526.  Socks. — To  be  plain,  and  be  white  or  black,  for  the  uniforms  specified  in 
Chapter  III. 

527.  Spurs  and  straps   (figs.  — ),  mounted  officers. — Straps  to  be  of  black  or 
russet   leather,   as  necessary,   and  both  spurs   and   straps  to  be  according  to 
standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

528.  Studs,  shirt,  dress,  evening,  commissioned  officers  (figs.  — ). — To  be  plain 
gold  and  not  more  than  one-fourth  inch  in  diameter. 

529.  Sword  (figs.  — ).— Steel  blade,  slightly  curved,  28  to  32  inches  long,  back 
rounded.     To  have  a  scroll  on  each  side  bearing  the  words  "  United   States 
Marines,"  reading,  on  right  side,  from  hilt  to  point,  and,  on  left  side,  from 
point  to  hilt,  and  a  scroll  on  left  side  near  hilt  for  owner's  name  (reading  from 
point  to  hilt),  tops  of  all  letters  to  be  toward  back  of  blade.    Grip  of  Mameluke 
type,  of  yellow  metal,  with  leaves  of  ivory  secured  by  two  through  screw  rivets 
with  star  countersunk  heads  of  yellow  metal,  and  having  in  pommel  an  eye 
of  yellow  metal  through  which  loop  of  sword  knot  (pars.  493,  494)   may  pass. 
Straight  cross  guard  5$  inches  long,  of  yellow  metal,  and  finished  at  each  end 
with  an  acorn  design.     Yellow  metal  portions  to  be  brightly  gilded  and  steel 
blade  to  be  brightly  burnished,  or  silver  plated  to  present  same  appearance. 
(See  Scabbard,  par.  517.) 

NOTE. — Officers  who  possess  the  sword  which  was  standard  prior  to  the  adoption  in 
1915  of  the  one  described  above,  need  not  procure  the  latter. 

530.  Tag,  identification,  complete  (fig.  — ). — According  to  standard  sample  in 
the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

531.  Trousers,  dress  (fig.  — ),  Major  General  Commandant  and  other  general 
officers.— To  be  of  dark-blue  doeskin  or  serge  of  adopted  standard.     Cut  with 
medium   spring,   side  pockets,   suspender  buttons   inside   waistband.  Stripe  of 
black  mohair  braid  1$  inches  wide  down  outer  seam  of  each  leg. 

532.  Trousers,  dress   (figs.  — ),  line  officers;  leader,  Marine  Band. — To  be.  of 
sky-blue  doeskin  or  serge  of  adopted  standard.     Cut  with  medium  spring,  side 
pockets,  suspender  buttons  inside  waistband.     Stripe  of  scarlet  cloth  1$  inches 


100  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

.wide  down  outer  seam  of  each  leg,  edges  of  scarlet  cloth  being  welted  one-fourth 
inch. 

533.  Trousers,  dress   (figs.  — ),  staff  officers. — To  be  of  dark-blue  doeskin  or 
serge  of  adopted  standard.     Cut  with  medium  spring,  side  pockets,  suspender 
buttons  inside  waistband.     Stripe  of  scarlet  cloth  1£  inches  wide  down  outer 
seam  of  each  leg,  edges  of  scarlet  cloth  being  welted  one-fourth  inch. 

534.  Trousers,  dress,  evening  (figs.  — ),  commissioned  officers. — To  be  of  dark- 
blue  doeskin  of  adopted  standard.     Cut  with  medium  spring,  long  waist,  fitting 
snugly  and  without  wrinkles  about  and  below  waist,  without  hip  or  side  pockets 
or  buckle  straps,  suspender  buttons  inside  waistband.     Stripe  of  No.  5  gold 
braid  (par.  416)  down  outer  seam  of  each  leg. 

535.  Trousers,    full-dress    and    special    full-dress    (figs.    — ),    leader,    Marine 
Band. — To  be  of  dark-blue  doeskin  of  adopted   standard.     Cut  with  medium 
spring,  side  and  hip  pockets,  suspender  buttons  inside  waistband.     Stripe  of 
No.  5  gold  braid  (par.  416)  down  outer  seam  of  each  leg. 

536.  Trousers,  service,  summer,  autJiorized  -for  all  officers. — To  be  of  khaki- 
colored  cotton  drill  or  gabardine  of  adopted  standard.    Cut  with  medium  spring, 
side  pockets,  suspender  buttons  inside  waistband,  waistband  having  six  belt 
loops. 

537.  Trousers,  service,  winter,  authorized  for  all  officers. — To  be  of  green 
kersey,  serge,  whipcord,  Bedford  cord,  or  other  woolen  material  of  adopted 
standard.     Cut   with  medium   spring,   side  pockets,   suspender  buttons   inside 
waistband,  waistband  having  six  belt  loops. 

538.  Trousers,  undress,  white   (figs.  — ). — To  be  of  white  duck  or  drill.     Cut 
with  medium  spring,  side  pockets,  suspender  buttons  inside  waistband. 

539.  Waistcoat,  dress,  evening  (fig,  — ),  commissioned  officers. — To  be  of  white 
duck  or  drill.     Single-breasted,  with  a  rolling  collar,  and  so  made  that  no  part 
will  extend  below  bottom  edge  of  evening  dress  jackets  (pars.  490,  491).     Four 
27-ligne  detachable  gilt  buttons   (par.  431)   on  right  side,  with  corresponding 
buttonholes  on  left  side. 

540.  Watch,  wrist. — To  be  a  reliable  standard  timepiece,  with  second  hands 
and  illuminated  dial. 

541.  Whistle,  officers,  complete. — Consisting  of  whistle  and  chain.     According 
to  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  ARTICLES  OF  THE  UNIFORM  AND 

EQUIPMENT. 

ENLISTED  MEN  OF  THE  MARINE  CORPS;  SECOND  LEADER,  DRUM 
MAJOR,  AND  MUSICIANS,  MARINE  BAND. 

600.  Articles  of  the  uniform  and  equipment  for  the  enlisted  personnel  shall 
be  in  accordance  with  the  respective  standard  samples  and  specifications 
thereof  on  file  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  or  as 
otherwise  indicated.  Enlisted  men  shall  not  have  alterations  made  in  articles 
of  the  outer  uniform  issued  to  them  except  upon  the  authority  of  the  command- 
ing officer.  (See  pars.  17,  160.) 

601.  Aviation,  articles  of  the  uniform  and  equipment  for: 

As  prescribed  by  Uniform  Regulations,  United  States  Navy,  for 
the  aviation  personnel  of  the  Navy. 

602.  Badge,  rating,  chief  pharmacist's  mate  (Hospital  Corps,  United  States 

Navy),  khaki  (fig.  — ). 

603.  Badge,  rating,  pharmacist's  mate,  first-class   (Hospital  Corps,  United 

States  Navy),  khaki  (fig.  — ). 

604.  Badge,    rating,    pharmacist's    mate,    second-class     (Hospital    Corps, 

United  States  Navy),  khaki  (fig.  — ). 

605.  Badge,  rating,  pharmacist's  mate,  third-class  (Hospital  Corps,  United 

States  Navy),  khaki  (fig.  — ). 

606.  Band,  sick  list: 

As  issued  by  the  medical  officer. 

607.  Baton  (fig.  — ),  second  leader,  Marine  Band. 

608.  Baton  (fig.  — ),  drum  major,  Marine  Band: 

a.  Cord  and  tassels,  gold. 

609.  Baton,  drum  majors;  post  bands: 

a.  Cord  and  tassels,  red,  white,  and  blue. 

610.  Belt,1  dress,  noncommissioned  staff  (with  slings)  (fig.  — ),  sergeants 

major  and  quartermaster  sergeants: 

a.  Plate,  waist   (ornamented)    (fig.  — ). 

b.  Slide  for  pistol  holster  and  bayonet  scabbard. 

c.  Slide,  metal,  and  leather  safe. 

611.  Belt,  dress,  second  leader  and  drum  major,  Marine  Band: 

a.  Frog  for  sword,  drum  major. 

b.  Plate,  waist  (ornamented)   (fig.  — ). 

•    *  The  noncommissioned  staff  dress  belt  with  slings  attached,  formerly  standard  in  the 
Marine  Corps,  will  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 

101 


102  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE   CORPS,  1922. 

612.  Belt,  dress   (tigs.  — ),  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants,  sergeants, 

corporals,  lance  corporals,  first-class  privates,  trumpeters,  drum- 
mers, and  privates;  musicians,  Marine  Band: 

a.  Frog  for  sword,  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants,  and  ser- 

geants. 

b.  Plate,  waist  (plain)    (fig.  — ). 

c.  Slide  for  pistol  holster  and  bayonet  scabbard. 

613.  Belt,2  undress,  noncommissioned  staff  (with  slings)    (fig.  — ),  ser- 

geants major  and  quartermaster  sergeants: 
a.  Box,  cartridge. 

o.  Slide  for  pistol  holster  and  bayonet  scabbard. 
c.  Slide,  metal,  and  leather  safe. 

614.  Belt,*  russet  (figs.  — ),  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants,  sergeants, 

corporals,  lance  corporals,  first-class  privates,  trumpeters,  drum- 
mers, and  privates;  second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians, 
Marine  Band: 

a.  Box,  cartridge. 

b.  Frog  for  sword,  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants,  and  ser- 

geants; drum  major,  Marine  Band. 

c.  Slide  for  pistol  holster  and  bayonet  scabbard. 

615.  Belt,  pistol,  web,  complete  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Suspenders. 

616.  Belt,  cartridge,  rifle  (fig.  — ). 

617.  Belt,  trousers,  woven. 

618.  Blanket,  wool. 

619.  Brassard,  military  police  (fig.  — ). 

620.  Brassard,  provost  guard   (fig.  — ). 

621.  Button,  Marine  Corps  Reserve   (fig.  — ). 

622.  Canteen,  model  1910,  complete  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Cover. 

b.  Cup. 

623.  Cap,3  dress  (figs.  — .)  : 

a.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Ornament,  cap,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

624.  Cap,8  full-dress  and  special  full-dress   (figs.  — ),  full-dress,  second 

leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians,  Marine  Band;  special  full- 
dress,  second  leader  and  musician*: 

a.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Ornament,  cap,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

c.  Ornamentation,  crown   (black)    (fig.  — ). 

625.  Cap,  garrison  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Ornament,  cap  and  hat,  bronze  (fig.  — ». 

*  Buckles  and  metal  trimmings  on  russet  belts  and  articles  used  therewith  to  bav« 
polished-brass  finish. 

8  The  dress,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress,  white,  and  service  caps  formerly  standard 
in  the  Marine  Corps  will  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,   U.   S.   MARINE  CORPS,  1922.  103 

626.  Cap,3  service,  summer: 

a.  Buttons,  bronze  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Cover,  cap,  knaki. 

c.  Frame,  cap. 

<l.  Ornament,  cap  and  bat.  bronze  (fig.  — ). 

627.  Cap,3  service,  winter  (tig.  — ). 

a.  Buttons,  bronze  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Ornament,  cap  and  hat,  hronw  (fig.  — ). 

628.  Cap,  storm. 

629.  Cap,3  white   (fig.  — ),  all  enlisted  men  except  second  leader,  drum 

major,  and  musicians,  Marine  Band: 
a.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 
5.  Cover,  cap,  white. 

c.  Frame,  cap. 

d.  Ornament,  cap,  gilt  (fig.  — >. 

630.  Cap,3  white,  second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians,  Marine  Band: 

a.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Ornament,  cap,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

631.  Cape,  rain,  second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians,  Marine  Band. 

632.  Chevrons,  sergeant  major  (fig.  — ). 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

633.  Chevrons,  second  leader.  Marine  Band  (fig.  — >  : 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Full-dress  and  special  full-dress  (gold).* 

c.  Service,  summer. 

d.  Service,  winter. 

634.  Chevrons,  quartermaster  sergeant  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

635.  Chevrons,  quartermaster  sergeant.  Paymaster's  Department  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Service,  summer.  , 

c.  Service,  winter. 

636.  Chevrons,  drum  major  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Full-dress  (gold),  drum  major,  Marine  Band* 

c.  Service,  summer. 

d.  Service,  winter. 

»The  drep.s,  full-dress  and  special  full-dress,  white,  and  service  caps  formerly  standard 
in  the  Marine  Corps  will  be  issued  until  no  longer  available. 

*  The  large  dress  chevrons  (and  large  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  chevrons,  second 
leader  and  drum  major,  Marine  Band),  formerly  standard  in  the  Marine  Corps,  will  be 
issued  until  no  longer  available. 

106429  °— 22 8 


•104  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS/ U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

637.  Chevrons,  first  sergeant  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Service,  summer. 
r             c.  Service,  winter. 

638.  Chevrons,  gunnery  sergeant  (fig.  — ): 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

639.  Chevrons,  sergeant  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

G40.  Chevrons,  corporal  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress.4 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

641.  Chevrons,  lance  corporal  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

642.  Chevrons,  musician,  Marine  Band  (fig.  — )  : 

o.  Dress,  full-dress,  and  special  i'ull-dress. 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 
€13.  Chevrons,  wound   (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

644.  Clothes,  rain: 

a.  Boots,  rubber. 

b.  Coat,  rubber. 

c.  Hat,  rubber. 

645.  Coat,  chauffeur,  blanket-lined   (long). 

646.  Coat,  dress  (figs.  — ),  all  enlisted  men  except  second  leader,  Marine 

Band:  t 

a.  Buttons,  gilt   (fig.  — ). 

b.  Ornaments,  collar,  gilt   (fig.  — ). 

647.  Coat,  dress,  second  leader,  Marine  Rand: 

a.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Chevrons,  dress  (fig.  — ).4 

c.  OrnnmentflfioM,  sleeve  (scarlet)    (lisr.  — ). 
(1.  Ornaments,  collar,  gilt  (figs.  — ). 

•The  large  dress  chevrons  (and  large  full-dress  and  special  full-dress  chevrons,  second 
leader  find  drum  major,  Marine  Baud),  formerly  standard  in  the  Marine  Corps,  \\ili  be 
issued  until  no  longer  available. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  105 

648.  Coat,  driver,  motor-cycle,  sheepskin-lined  (short). 

649.  Coat,  full-dress  (fig.  — ),  second  leader,  Marine  Band: 

a.  Aiguillettes  (gold). 

b.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

c.  Chevrons,  full-dress  (gold)   (fig.  — ).* 

d.  Knots,  shoulder  (gold). 

e.  Ornamentation,  sleeve   (black) v  (fig.  --. 

f.  Ornaments,  collar,  gilt  (figs.  — ). 

650.  Coat,  full-dress   (fig.  — ),  drum  major,  Marine  Band: 

a-  Bald-rick. 

b.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

c.  Chevrons,  full-dress  (gold)   (fig. — ).* 

d.  Ornamentation,  sleeve   (gold)    (fig.  — >. 

e.  Ornaments,  collar,  gilt  (figs. — ). 

651.  Coat,  full-dress   (fig.  — ),  musicians,  .Marine  Band: 

a.  Aiguillettes   (white). 

b.  Buttons,  gilt  (fig.  — ). 

c.  Chevrons,  full-dress   (fig.  — ). 

d.  Knots,  shoulder  (white). 

e.  Ornaments,  collar,  gilt  (figs.  — ). 

652.  Coat,  service,  summer   (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Buttons,  bronze  (figs.  — ). 

b.  Ornaments,  collar,  bronze  (figs.  — ). 

653.  Coat,  service,  winter  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Buttons,  bronze  (figs. — ). 

b.  Ornaments,  collar,  bronze  (figs. — ). 

654.  Coat,  special  full-dress  (fig.  — ),  second  leader,  Marine  Band: 

a.  Buttons,  gilt  (figs.  — ). 

b.  Chevrons,  special  full-dress  (gold)   (tig.  — ).4 

c.  Ornamentation,  sleeve  (black)    (fig.  — ). 

d.  Ornaments,  collar,  gilt  (figs.  — ). 

655.  Coat,  special  full-dress   (fig.  — ),  musicians,  Marine  Band: 

a.  Buttons,  gilt  (figs.  — ). 

b.  Chevrons,  special  full-dress  (fig.  — ). 

c.  Ornaments,  collar,  gilt  (figs.  — ). 

656.  Collar,  white   (figs.  — ),  second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians, 

Marine  Band. 

657.  Drum,  complete,  with  heads,  snares,  and  key: 

a.  Drumsticks,  rosewood : 

Carriage. 

b.  Slings,  dress. 

c.  Slinsrs,  field. 

*  See  footnote  on  p.  104. 


106  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1022. 

658.  Dungarees: 

a.  Coat. 

6.  Trousers. 

659.  Fourrageres: 

a.  Miniature  (fig.  — ). 
&.  Wool  (fig.  — ). 

660.  Gauntlets,  horsehide. 

661.  Gloves: 

a.  Cotton  (white)   (figs.—), 
ft.  Leather,  dress  (figs.  — ).    See  footnote  on  page  20. 

662.  Hat,  field  (figs.  — )  : 

a.  Headstrap. 

b.  Letters,  bronze  (fig.  — ).     When  prescribed. 

c.  Numerals,  company,  bronze  (fig.  — ).     When  prescribed. 

d.  Ornament,  cap  and  hat,  bronze  (fig.  — ). 

663.  Haversack  and  pack  carrier  (figs.  — )  : 

a.  Components — 

Carrier,  pack. 

Haversack. 

Pouch,  meat  can. 
fc.  Blanket,  wool   (par.  618). 

c.  Can,  bacon. 

d.  Can,  condiment. 

e.  Can,  meat. 

f.  Clothing  as  necessary. 

g.  Fork: 

Scabbard. 

h.  Kit,  toilet,  complete. 
i.  Knife: 

Scabbard. 

/.  Poncho,  rubber  (par.  688). 
k.  Rations. 
I.  Spoon. 
m.  Tent,    shelter,    half: 

Line,  guy. 

Pins,  round. 

Pole. 

664.  Haversack,  noncommissioned  staff,  complete  (figs.  — )  : 

a.  Can,  meat, 
ft.  Fork: 

Scabbard. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  107 

664.  Haversack,  noncommissioned  staff,  complete — Continued. 

c.  Knife : 

Scabbard. 

d,  Spoon. 

665.  Insignia,  private,  first-class  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

&.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

666.  Insignia,  trumpeter  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

6.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

667.  Insignia,  drummer  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

b.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

668.  Insignia,  signalman,  first-class   (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

6.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

669.  Insignia,  gun  captain  (United  States  Navy)   (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

&.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

670.  Insignia,  gun  pointer,  first-class  (TJnited  States  Navy)   (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

&.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

671.  Insignia,  gun  pointer,  second-class  (United  States  Navy)  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

I).  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

672.  Insignia,  expert  rifleman  (United  States  Navy)   (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Dress. 

&.  Service,  summer. 

c.  Service,  winter. 

673.  Insignia,  naval  aviator  (fig.  — )  : 

As  prewibed  by  Uniform  Regulations,  United  States  Navy. 

674.  Insignia,  balloon  pilot  (fig.  — )  : 

As  prescribed  by  Uniform  Regulations,  United  States  Navy. 

675.  Instruments,  band. 

676.  Knife,  Hospital  Corps: 

a.  Carrier;  same  as  for  machete  (par.  7040). 

677.  Leggings,  canvas  (figs.  — )  : 

a.  Laces. 


108  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.    S.    MARINE    CORPS,  1922. 

678.  Letters,  Marine  Carps  Reserve   (for  collar)  : 

a.  Bronze  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Gilt  (tig.  — ). 

679.  letters,    National    Naval    Volunteers    (Marine    Corps    Branch)     (for 

collar)  : 

a.  Bronze  (fig.  — ). 

b.  Gilt  (fig.  — ). 

680.  Letters,  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  Branch)    (for  collar)  : 

a.  Bronze. 
&.  Gilt. 

681.  Locker,  trunk,  noncommissioned  staff  officers. 

682.  Mark,  hospital  apprentice,  first-class  (Hospital  Corps,  United  States 

Navy),  khaki  (fig.  — ). 

683.  Mark,    hospital    apprentice,    second-class    (Hospital    Corps,    United 

States  Navy),  khaki  (fig.  — ). 

684.  Overcoat  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Buttons,  bronze  (figs.  — ). 

685.  Package,  first-aid,  complete  (fig.  — )  : 

o.  Pouch. 

686.  Pajamas: 

a.  Coat. 

b.  Trousers. 

687.  Pistol,  automatic,  caliber  .45  (fig.  — )  : 

a.  Holster,  russet ;  see  footnote 2  on  page  102 : 

.    Strap,  leg. 

b.  Kit,  cleaning. 

c.  Lanyard. 

d.  Magazine  (extra). 

Carrier. 

e.  Screw  driver. 

688.  Poncho,  rubber. 

689.  Puttees,  spiral. 

690.  Rifle,  United  States  (Springfield),  caliber  .30,  model  1903  (figs.  — )  : 

a.  Bayonet: 

Scabbard. 
6.  Brush  and  thong. 

c.  Cover,  front-sight. 

d.  Oiler  and  thong  case. 

e.  Rod,  clean  ing. 

f.  Screw  driver. 

g.  Sling,  leather,  russet. 

691.  Roll,  bedding,  noncommissioned  staff  officers. 

692.  Roll,  clothing,  noncommissioned  staff  officers. 

693.  Shirt,  flannel  (figs.  — ). 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS,  U.   S.   MARINE   CORPS,  1922.  109 

694.  Shoes: 

a.  Arctic. 

&.  Russet  (figs.  — )  ;  see  footnote  on  page  20: 
Laces. 

695.  Shotgun. 

696.  Slings,  color: 

a.  Dress. 
1).  Field. 

697.  Socks: 

a.  Cotton. 
6.  Wool. 

698.  Spurs  and  russet  straps. 

699.  Stick,  night. 

700.  Stripes,  service  (figs.  — )  : 

a.  Dress.5 

1).  Service,  winter. 

701.  Suspenders,  trousers. 

702.  Sword  (fig.  — ),  noncommissioned  staff  officers,  first  sergeants,  nun- 

nery sergeants,  and  sergeants;  drum  major,  Marine  Band: 
a.  Scabbard,  noncommissioned   staff    (fig.  — ),  sergeants   major 

and  quartermaster  sergeants. 

I).  Scabbard,  noncommissioned  officers  (fig.  — ),  first  sergeants, 
gunnery  sergeants,  and  sergeants;  drum  major,  Marine 
Band. 

703.  Tag,  identification,  complete   (fig.  — ). 

704.  Tools,  intrenching: 

a.  Cutter,  wire: 

Carrier. 

b.  Machete : 

Carrier. 

c.  Mattock,  pick: 

Carrier. 
Handle  (extra). 

d.  Shovel: 

Carrier. 
Handle   (extra). 

705.  Trousers,  dress    (figs.  — •  )•  noncommissioned  officers: 

a.  Stripes,  scarlet. 

706.  Trousers,  dress  (fig.  — ),  lance  corporals,  first-class  privates,  trump- 

eters, drummers,  and  privates. 

707.  Trousers,   dress,  full-dress,   and  special   full-dress    (tig.  — ),   second 

leader  and  musicians,  Marine  Band: 
a.  Stripes,  scarlet,  with  white  center. 

GThf  large  dress  service  stripes  formerly  standard  in  the  Marine  Corps  will  be  issued 
until  no  longer  available. 


110  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

708.  Trousers,  dress  and  full-dress   (tigs.  — ),  drum  major,  Murine  Band. 

Same  as  dress  trousers,  noncommissioned  officers  (par.  705). 

709.  Trousers,  service,  summer   (tigs.  — ). 

710.  Trousers,  service,  winter  (tigs.  — ). 

711.  Trousers,  white  (figs.  — ). 

712.  Trumpet    (tig.  — )  : 

a.  Banner,  trumpet. 
&.  Hook,  sling. 

c.  Mute. 

d.  Slings,  dress. 

e.  Slings,  field. 

713.  Underwear: 

a.  Drawers: 

Cotton   (knee). 

Wool. 
6.  Undershirts: 

Cotton. 

Wool. 

714.  Watch. 

715.  Whistle,  noncommissioned  officers,  complete  (with  chain). 


CHAPTEE  IX. 
CARE  OF  THE  UNIFORM. 

800.  The  following  information  is  taken  largely  from  A  Handbook  on  the 
Care  of  Uniforms,  published  by  the  Officers'  Uniform  Shop : 

801.  General  care. — No  matter  how  well  a  uniform  (especially  the  coat)  fits 
when  new,  it  will  not  continue  to  preserve  its  best  appearance  or  keep  its  shape 
unless  carefully  put  on  and  kept  buttoned.     The  carrying  of  large  or  heavy 
objects  in  the  pockets  will  speedily  destroy  the  shape  of  the  best  coat.     Uni- 
forms should  always  be  kept  on  hangers  when  not  in  use. 

802.  To  fold  a  coat. — Spread  it,  lining  down,  on  a  table.     Turn  each  sleeve 
up  at  the  elbow  and  fold  each  side  over  on  sleeve,  then  fold  the  coat  over  on 
center  seam.     If  the  container  will  not  hold  the  coat  full  length,  fold  the  skirt 
over  on  body  of  coat. 

803.  To  prevent  moths. — Frequent  brushing,  and  exposure  to  sunshine  and 
fresh  air  will  effectually  prevent  moths.     If  uniforms  are  to  be  put  away  for  a 
long  time  and  left  undisturbed,  they  should  be  packed  away  with  camphor 
balls,  cedar  wood,  or  balls  of  cotton  saturated  with  turpentine. 

804.  To  remove  oil  or  grease  from  blue  uniforms. — Soak  a  piece  of  blue  cloth 
in  chloroform,  petroleum  benzine,  benzol,  or  acetone,  and  rub  the  spot  briskly. 
The  stain  will  be  washed  out  and  the  solvent  will  rapidly  evaporate. 

805.  To  remove  paint  stains  from  blue  uniforms. — Paint  stains  may  be  removed 
by  a  method  similar  to  that  indicated  in  paragraph  804  while  the  paint  stain 
is  still  fresh.     Old  and  hard  paint  stains  are  difficult  to  remove,  often  im- 
possible.    The  best  method  to  remo\e  old  paint  stains  is  to  rub  them  hard 
with  a  piece  of  blue  cloth  saturated  in  turpentine. 

806.  To  remove  rust,   ink,   or  fruit   stains  from  white  uniforms. — Soak  the 
stained  part  in  a  strong  solution  of  oxalic  acid,  or  put  some  powdered  oxalic 
acid  or  sodium  or  potassium  acid  oxalate  on  the  stain,  previously  moistened  with 
water,  and  rub  with  a  piece  of  white  cotton  or  linen.     The  stain  will  dissolve 
and  can  be  washed  out  with  water.     Oxalic  acid  and  its  soluble  salts  are  very 
poisonous  and  care  should  be  taken  in  handling  them. 

807.  Care  of  gold  braid. — Gold  braid  will  rapidly  tarnish  and  deteriorate  if  in 
contact  with,  or  hung  near,  any  substance  containing  sulphur,  such  as  rubber, 
or  ordinary  manila  and  kraft  wrapping  papers. 

808.  To  remove  tarnish  from  gold  braid. — Dip  a  piece  of  white  flannel  in  milk 
of  magnesia  and  rub  gently  on  the  tarnished  braid.     Avoid  contact  of  the  milk 
of  magnesia  with  the  blue  cloth.     The  use  of  potassium  cyanide  to  clean  gold 
braid  is  dangerous,  as  the  latter  is  a  powerful  poison.     If  the  braid  has  a 

111 


112  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS,   U.   S.    MARINE   CORPS,   1922. 

silvery  appearance,  it  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  gold  is  worn  off,  and  no  treat- 
ment will  restore  it. 

809.  To  clean  buttons  that  have  turned  green. — Buttons  sometimes  turn  green 
when  the  gold  plating  is  worn  off  and  the  copper  base  becomes  covered  with 
green  copper  carbonate  due  to  exposure  to  moist  air.     This   coating  can   be 
removed  by  rubbing  gently  with  acetic  acid  or  any  substance  containing  this 
acid,  such  as  vinegar  or-Worcestershire  sauce,  followed  by  a  thorough  washing 
in  fresh  water,  and  drying.     (See  par.  813.) 

810.  To  remove  shine  from  serge  uniforms. — The  spot  to  be  treated  should  be 
steamed  by  laying  a  wet  cloth  over  it  and  pressing  with  a  hot  iron,  and  then 
rubbing  it  very  gently  with  a  piece  of  "  00  "  sandpaper  or  emery  cloth.     It  would 
be  better  to  have  this  done  by  a  regular  tailor. 

811.  To  repair  a  clean  cut  in  serge  uniforms. — A  clean  cut  in  a  serge  or  cloth 
uniform   can   be    repaired   by    being   rewoven   with   threads   drawn    from   the 
material   in  another  part  of  the  garment.     This  must  be  done  by  a   regular 
tailor.     The  process  is  rather  expensive,  but  the  cut  can  not  be  detected  after 
being  rewoven. 

812.  To  remove  a  singe  mark. — A  light  singe  mark  on  blue  serge  or  cloth 
should  be  rubbed  vigorously  with  the  flat  side  of  a  silver  coin.     In  many  cases 
this  will  effect  a  great  improvement  in  appearance,  but  is  not  effective  in  the 
case  of  bad  singes  or  scorches. 

813.  Cap  ornaments  and  other  gold  and  silver  insignia  may  be  kept  new  and 
bright  by  scrubbing  them  occasionally  with  a  nail  brush,  and  ammonia  which 
has  been  diluted  with  water.     This  should  be  done  as  soon  as  there  are  any 
signs  of  tarnishing  or  of  corrosion.     If  the  latter  has  been  allowed  to  continue 
or  has  taken  strong  hold,  the  original  condition  can  not  be  restored.     Buttons 
may  be  cleaned  in  the  same  way. 

o 


AN  ^INITIAL  PINE  OP  25  CENTS 

TwH\LsLeBoE0nrTEHDE  ;?TEFAD'ULURE  -  ;£™ 

"- 


THE  TEDU 

WILL  INCREASE  TO  5o  J"-  ™E  PENALTY 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  J,8  °N  ™E  F°URTH 
OVERDUE.  '  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 


21-95m-7,'37 


YC 105573 


500273 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


